1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
83 #include "common/array-view.h"
84 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
86 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
87 enum exception_event_kind
94 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
96 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
97 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
99 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
102 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
103 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
104 enum bptype type_wanted
);
106 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
107 struct linespec_result
*,
108 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
109 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
111 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
113 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
114 int, int, int, unsigned);
116 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
117 (struct breakpoint
*b
, const struct event_location
*location
,
118 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
120 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
121 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
123 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
125 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
127 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
128 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
129 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
131 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
133 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
134 struct symtab_and_line
,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
138 static struct breakpoint
*
139 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
144 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
146 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
151 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
152 struct obj_section
*, int);
154 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
155 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
157 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
158 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
161 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
162 const address_space
*,
165 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
166 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
168 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
170 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
172 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
174 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
176 int *other_type_used
);
178 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
181 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
182 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
183 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
185 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
187 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
188 insert locations now. */
189 enum ugll_insert_mode
191 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
192 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
193 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
194 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
195 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
196 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
197 returns true on them.
199 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
200 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
201 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
202 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
203 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
204 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
208 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
209 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
212 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
213 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
214 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
215 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
216 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
217 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
218 as no thread is running yet. */
222 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
224 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
226 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
228 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
230 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
232 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
234 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
236 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
238 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
241 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
243 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
244 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
245 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
246 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
248 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
249 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
251 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
252 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
254 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
256 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
258 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
259 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
261 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
262 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
264 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
265 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
266 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
267 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
268 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
269 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
271 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
272 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
273 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
274 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
280 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
282 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
283 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
284 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
285 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
287 static char *dprintf_function
;
289 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
290 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
291 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
292 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
293 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
294 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
295 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
297 static char *dprintf_channel
;
299 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
301 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
303 struct command_line
*
304 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
306 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
309 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
310 current breakpoint. */
312 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
315 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
317 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
318 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
320 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
322 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
325 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
326 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
327 if such is available. */
328 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
331 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
332 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
335 fprintf_filtered (file
,
336 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
337 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
341 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
342 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
343 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
344 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
345 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
347 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
348 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
351 fprintf_filtered (file
,
352 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
353 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
357 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
358 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
359 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
360 use hardware breakpoints. */
361 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
363 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
364 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
367 fprintf_filtered (file
,
368 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
372 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
373 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
374 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
375 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
376 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
377 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
378 processing user input. */
379 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
382 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
383 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
385 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
389 /* See breakpoint.h. */
392 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
394 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
396 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
397 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
398 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
401 else if (target_has_execution
)
403 struct thread_info
*tp
;
405 if (always_inserted_mode
)
407 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
412 if (threads_are_executing ())
415 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
416 stopped, we still have events to process. */
417 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
419 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
425 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
427 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
428 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
429 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
430 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
431 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
432 condition_evaluation_auto
,
433 condition_evaluation_host
,
434 condition_evaluation_target
,
438 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
439 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
441 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
442 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
443 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
445 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
446 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
447 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
451 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
453 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
455 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
456 return condition_evaluation_target
;
458 return condition_evaluation_host
;
464 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
467 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
469 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
472 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
476 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
478 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
480 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
483 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
484 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
486 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
487 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
489 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
490 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
492 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
493 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
494 current breakpoint. */
496 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
498 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
499 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
500 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
503 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
504 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
505 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
507 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
508 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
509 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
512 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
513 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
514 to where the loop should start from.
515 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
516 appropriate location to start with. */
518 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
519 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
520 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
522 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
523 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
526 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
528 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
529 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
530 if (is_tracepoint (B))
532 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
534 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
536 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
538 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
540 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
542 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
544 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
545 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
546 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
547 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
548 an address you need to read. */
550 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
552 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
553 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
554 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
555 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
556 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
558 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
560 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
561 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
562 reported by a target. */
563 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
565 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
567 static int breakpoint_count
;
569 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
570 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
571 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
572 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
573 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
575 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
577 static int tracepoint_count
;
579 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
580 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
581 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
583 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
586 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
589 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
593 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
600 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
602 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
604 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
607 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
610 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
612 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
613 breakpoint_count
= num
;
614 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
617 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
618 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
619 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
621 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
624 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
626 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
629 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
632 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
634 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
637 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
640 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
642 struct breakpoint
*b
;
649 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
650 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
653 get_breakpoint (int num
)
655 struct breakpoint
*b
;
658 if (b
->number
== num
)
666 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
667 evaluating conditions on its side. */
670 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
672 struct bp_location
*loc
;
674 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
675 evaluating conditions and if the user has
676 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
678 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
679 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
682 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
685 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
686 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
689 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
690 evaluating conditions on its side. */
693 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
695 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
696 evaluating conditions and if the user has
697 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
699 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
700 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
704 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
707 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
710 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
711 condition_evaluation_mode. */
714 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
715 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
717 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
719 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
720 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
722 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
723 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
724 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
728 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
729 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
731 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
732 settings was "auto". */
733 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
735 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
736 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
738 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
739 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
740 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
742 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
743 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
746 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
748 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
751 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
755 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
756 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
757 target knows about. */
758 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
759 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
760 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
764 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
770 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
771 what "auto" is translating to. */
774 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
775 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
777 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
778 fprintf_filtered (file
,
779 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
780 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
782 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
784 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
788 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
789 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
790 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
793 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
795 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
796 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
798 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
801 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
804 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
805 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
806 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
809 static struct bp_location
**
810 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
812 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
813 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
814 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
816 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
817 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
819 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
820 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
821 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
822 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
823 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
825 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
826 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
829 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
830 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
831 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
832 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
839 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
842 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
843 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
845 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
847 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
849 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
853 struct bp_location
*loc
;
855 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
859 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
860 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
861 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
868 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
872 const char *arg
= exp
;
874 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
875 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
876 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
877 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
879 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
881 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
883 innermost_block
.reset ();
885 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
887 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
888 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
892 struct bp_location
*loc
;
894 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
898 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
899 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
901 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
905 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
907 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
910 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
913 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
914 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
915 const char *text
, const char *word
)
919 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
920 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
924 struct breakpoint
*b
;
928 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
929 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
930 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
934 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
941 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
943 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
945 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> copy (xstrdup (number
));
946 tracker
.add_completion (std::move (copy
));
953 /* We're completing the expression part. */
954 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
955 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
958 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
961 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
963 struct breakpoint
*b
;
968 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
971 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
973 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
976 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
978 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
979 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
980 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
981 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
982 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
986 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
987 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
988 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
990 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
992 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
993 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
998 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1001 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1002 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1003 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1006 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1008 struct command_line
*c
;
1010 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1014 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1015 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1016 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1018 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1019 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1021 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1022 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1023 command directly. */
1024 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1025 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1027 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1028 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1032 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1034 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1037 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1040 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1042 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1043 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1044 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1048 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1050 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1054 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1056 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1059 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1062 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1063 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1067 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1068 b
= new tracepoint ();
1069 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1070 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1072 b
= new breakpoint ();
1074 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1077 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1078 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1082 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1083 struct command_line
*commands
)
1085 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1087 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1088 struct command_line
*c
;
1089 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1091 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1092 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1096 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1097 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1098 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1099 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1100 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1101 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1102 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1103 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1104 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1105 tracepoint's context. */
1106 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1108 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1110 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1111 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1112 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1113 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1114 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1115 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1118 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1119 "can be used only once"));
1124 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1128 struct command_line
*c2
;
1130 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1131 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1132 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1134 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1135 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1141 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1145 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1146 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1149 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1151 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1152 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1153 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1156 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1158 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1159 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1160 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1166 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1167 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1170 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1171 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1173 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1175 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1176 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1179 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1180 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1184 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1186 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1189 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1190 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1193 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1194 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1197 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1199 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1202 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1203 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1206 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1207 breakpoint work for any task. */
1210 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1212 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1215 if (old_task
!= task
)
1216 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1220 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1221 struct command_line
*control
)
1223 counted_command_line cmd
;
1225 std::string new_arg
;
1227 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1229 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1230 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1232 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1233 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1234 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1237 map_breakpoint_numbers
1238 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1242 if (control
!= NULL
)
1243 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1247 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1248 "%s, one per line."),
1251 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1253 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1255 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1256 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1257 validator
= do_validate
;
1259 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1263 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1265 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1267 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1269 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1275 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1277 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1280 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1281 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1283 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1284 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1285 enum command_control_type
1286 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1288 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1289 return simple_control
;
1292 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1295 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1297 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1301 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1302 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1307 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1308 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1311 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1312 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1313 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1316 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1317 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1318 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1319 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1320 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1322 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1323 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1327 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1328 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1330 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1334 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1336 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1337 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1339 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1341 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1346 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1348 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1353 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1354 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1356 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1357 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1358 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1362 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1364 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1365 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1368 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1370 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1371 shadow_contents buffer. */
1372 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1373 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1374 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1376 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1378 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1379 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1383 const unsigned char *bp
;
1384 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1387 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1388 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1389 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1391 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1393 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1395 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1396 breakpoint's INSN. */
1397 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1401 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1402 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1404 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1405 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1406 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1408 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1409 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1410 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1411 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1412 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1413 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1414 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1415 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1417 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1420 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1421 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1422 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1424 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1426 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1428 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1429 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1430 report higher one. */
1433 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1434 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1436 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1438 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1439 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1441 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1442 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1443 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1444 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1446 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1447 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1448 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1450 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1452 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1459 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1460 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1461 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1462 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1463 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1466 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1468 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1469 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1470 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1473 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1476 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1478 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1480 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1482 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1483 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1484 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1487 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1490 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1491 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1492 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1495 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1498 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1499 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1505 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1509 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1511 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1512 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1513 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1516 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1519 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1521 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1522 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1523 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1526 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1530 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1532 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1533 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1536 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1537 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1538 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1539 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1540 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1541 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1542 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1543 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1546 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1548 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1549 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1550 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1551 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1554 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1555 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1558 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1560 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1562 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1563 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1564 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1565 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1566 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1568 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1571 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1574 static struct value
*
1575 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1577 struct value
*bit_val
;
1582 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1584 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1587 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1594 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1595 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1596 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1597 to be able to report stops. */
1600 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1601 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1603 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1605 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1606 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1607 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1608 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1611 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1612 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1615 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1617 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1619 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1620 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1621 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1624 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1625 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1626 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1627 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1629 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1631 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1632 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1635 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1636 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1637 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1638 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1639 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1640 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1641 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1642 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1644 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1645 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1646 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1647 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1648 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1649 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1650 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1651 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1654 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1655 hardware watchpoints:
1657 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1658 called several times when GDB stops.
1661 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1662 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1663 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1664 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1665 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1666 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1667 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1668 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1669 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1670 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1671 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1673 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1674 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1677 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1679 int within_current_scope
;
1680 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1683 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1684 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1685 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1686 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1689 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1694 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1695 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1696 within_current_scope
= 1;
1699 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1700 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1701 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1703 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1704 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1705 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1706 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1707 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1710 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1711 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1712 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1713 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1716 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1718 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1719 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1720 if (within_current_scope
)
1724 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1725 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1726 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1729 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1734 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1735 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1736 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1737 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1738 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1739 be completely different objects. */
1743 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1744 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1745 locations (re)created below. */
1746 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1748 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1751 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1755 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1756 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1757 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1758 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1759 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1760 if (!target_has_execution
)
1762 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1763 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1764 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1765 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1767 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1768 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1770 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1771 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1774 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1777 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1778 struct value
*v
, *result
, *next
;
1779 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1781 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1783 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1784 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1785 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1786 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1787 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1789 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1791 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1792 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1793 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1797 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1799 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1800 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1801 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1805 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1806 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1807 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1808 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1809 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1810 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1811 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1813 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1815 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1816 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1817 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1819 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1820 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1823 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1824 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1825 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1827 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1829 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1831 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1832 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1834 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1836 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1837 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1838 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1839 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1840 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1843 addr
= value_address (v
);
1846 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1851 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1853 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1856 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1857 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1860 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1862 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1863 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1867 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1868 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1871 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1873 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1878 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1879 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1880 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1885 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1886 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1888 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1892 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1895 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1896 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1897 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1899 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1900 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1901 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1902 this watchpoint in as well. */
1904 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1905 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1906 hardware watchpoint type. */
1908 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1909 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1911 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1912 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1913 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1914 through watch_command), so always account for it
1917 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1918 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1920 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1921 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
1924 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1925 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1927 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
1929 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1930 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1931 "hardware watchpoint."));
1932 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1933 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1934 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1936 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1937 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1941 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1942 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1943 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1948 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1950 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1951 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1952 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1954 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1955 "read/access watchpoint."));
1958 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1960 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1961 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1962 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1963 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1966 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1967 above left it without any location set up. But,
1968 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1969 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1970 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1971 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
1973 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1975 printf_filtered (_("\
1976 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1977 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1979 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1982 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1984 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1988 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1989 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1990 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1991 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1992 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1994 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1996 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
1999 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2002 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2005 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2008 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2009 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2010 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2011 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2012 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2013 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2014 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2015 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2016 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2019 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2020 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2021 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2023 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2024 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2025 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2027 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2028 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2029 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2030 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2031 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2032 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2033 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2034 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2035 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2039 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2040 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2041 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2042 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2047 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2048 instruction that triggered one. */
2049 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2050 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2054 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2055 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2056 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2057 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2066 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2067 that the location is not duplicated. */
2070 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2073 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2076 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2077 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2081 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2082 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2083 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2084 any error during parsing. */
2086 static agent_expr_up
2087 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2092 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2094 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2095 that may show up. */
2098 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2101 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2103 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2104 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2105 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2109 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2113 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2114 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2115 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2116 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2117 one of them is true. */
2120 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2122 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2123 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2124 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2125 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2127 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2128 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2130 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2131 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2132 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2134 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2135 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2138 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2139 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2140 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2141 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2142 response back to GDB. */
2143 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2146 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2150 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2151 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2152 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2153 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2154 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2158 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2159 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2160 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2162 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2168 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2169 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2170 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2172 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2173 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2174 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2176 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2179 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2181 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2183 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2186 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2191 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2192 for this location's address. */
2193 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2197 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2198 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2199 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2202 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2203 to send the conditions to the target. */
2204 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2211 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2212 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2213 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2215 static agent_expr_up
2216 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2218 const char *cmdrest
;
2219 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2220 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2227 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2229 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2231 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2232 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2234 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2236 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2238 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2240 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2241 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2243 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2245 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2246 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2248 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2250 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2252 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2254 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2255 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2260 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2261 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2263 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2267 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2269 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2270 that may show up. */
2273 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2274 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2275 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2277 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2279 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2280 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2281 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2285 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2289 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2290 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2291 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2294 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2296 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2297 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2298 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2299 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2301 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2302 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2304 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2307 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2308 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2311 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2312 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2313 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2315 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2318 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2319 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2320 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2324 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2325 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2326 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2327 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2328 response back to GDB. */
2329 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2332 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2336 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2337 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2338 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2339 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2341 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2342 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2345 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2346 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2347 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2349 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2355 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2357 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2359 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2362 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2363 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2365 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2367 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2370 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2375 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2376 for this location's address. */
2377 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2380 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2381 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2382 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2383 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2386 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2387 to send the commands to the target. */
2388 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2392 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2393 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2394 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2395 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2398 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2399 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2400 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2404 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2406 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2408 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2409 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2411 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
->ptid
);
2413 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2417 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2420 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2421 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2422 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2423 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2426 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2427 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2429 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2430 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2431 int *disabled_breaks
,
2432 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2433 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2435 gdb_exception bp_excpt
= exception_none
;
2437 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2440 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2441 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2442 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2443 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2444 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2445 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2446 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2447 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2448 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2449 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2450 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2451 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2453 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2454 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2455 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2456 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2458 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2460 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2461 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2462 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2463 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2466 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2467 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2469 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2471 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2472 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2473 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2475 Two important cases are:
2476 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2477 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2478 hardware breakpoint.
2479 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2480 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2481 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2484 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2485 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2486 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2487 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2489 struct mem_region
*mr
2490 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2494 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2496 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2498 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2499 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2501 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2503 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2505 static int said
= 0;
2507 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2510 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2511 _("Note: automatically using "
2512 "hardware breakpoints for "
2513 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2518 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2519 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2521 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2522 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2523 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2524 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2526 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2532 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2533 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2534 || bl
->section
== NULL
2535 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2537 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2542 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2544 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2546 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2554 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2555 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2556 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2558 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2559 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2560 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2561 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2562 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2566 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2568 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2569 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2570 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2572 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2577 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2578 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2579 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2580 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2581 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2584 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2586 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2592 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2593 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2594 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2595 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2599 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2600 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2602 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2607 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2609 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2611 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2619 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2620 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2625 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2627 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2629 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2630 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2631 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2632 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2633 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2634 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2635 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2636 errors as memory errors. */
2637 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2638 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2639 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2640 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2641 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2642 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2645 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2646 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2647 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2648 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2650 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2651 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2653 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2654 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2655 "library breakpoints:\n");
2657 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2658 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2659 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2664 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2666 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2667 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2668 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2669 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2671 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2672 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2673 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2678 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2681 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2682 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2684 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2685 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2687 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2691 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2692 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2707 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2708 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2709 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2710 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2714 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2715 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2717 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2719 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2720 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2721 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2723 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2725 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2726 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2728 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2730 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2731 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2735 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2736 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2743 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2744 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2747 /* Back to the original value. */
2748 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2752 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2755 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2759 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2760 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2762 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2765 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2769 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2770 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2772 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2775 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2777 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2778 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2779 so just return success. */
2786 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2787 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2791 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2793 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2794 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2796 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2797 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2799 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2800 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2803 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2804 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2805 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2807 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2809 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2811 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2812 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2813 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2815 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2816 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2818 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2824 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2825 removed locations above. */
2826 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2829 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2830 Throws exception on any error.
2831 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2832 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2834 insert_breakpoints (void)
2836 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2838 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2839 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2841 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2843 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2846 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2847 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2848 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2849 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2852 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2855 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2857 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2859 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2861 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2865 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2866 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2867 always-inserted mode. */
2870 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2872 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2875 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2876 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2877 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2879 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2881 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2882 there was an error. */
2883 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2885 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2887 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2889 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2891 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2894 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2895 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2896 deletion of breakpoints. */
2897 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2900 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2902 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2903 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2904 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2905 insert breakpoints. */
2906 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2907 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2910 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2911 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2918 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2919 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2923 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2926 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2928 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2929 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2932 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2933 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2934 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2936 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2938 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2939 there was an error. */
2940 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2942 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2944 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2946 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2949 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2950 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2951 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2952 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2953 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2956 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2958 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2959 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2960 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2961 insert breakpoints. */
2962 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2963 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2966 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2967 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2972 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2973 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2974 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2976 int some_failed
= 0;
2977 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2979 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2982 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2985 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2988 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2989 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2996 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2998 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3000 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3001 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3002 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3010 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3011 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3012 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3014 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3015 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3017 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3018 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3022 /* Used when the program stops.
3023 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3024 removing a breakpoint location. */
3027 remove_breakpoints (void)
3029 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3032 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3034 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3035 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3040 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3044 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3046 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3048 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3050 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3052 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3054 printf_filtered (_("\
3055 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3056 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3058 /* Hide it from the user. */
3064 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3067 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3069 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3071 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3073 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3075 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3078 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3080 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3088 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3090 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3091 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3092 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3093 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3094 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3095 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3097 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3100 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3103 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3104 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3108 static struct breakpoint
*
3109 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3110 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3111 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3113 symtab_and_line sal
;
3115 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3116 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3118 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3119 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3120 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3125 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3127 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3129 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3131 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3132 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3134 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3135 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
{};
3137 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3138 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
] {};
3140 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3141 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3143 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3145 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3147 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3148 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
{};
3150 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3151 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
{};
3153 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3154 int exception_searched
= 0;
3156 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3158 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3161 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3163 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3164 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3166 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3169 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3171 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3174 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3175 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3177 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3178 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3180 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3182 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3183 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3184 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3186 bp_objfile_data
= new breakpoint_objfile_data ();
3187 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3189 return bp_objfile_data
;
3193 free_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3195 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3196 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3198 delete bp_objfile_data
;
3202 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3204 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3205 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3207 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3209 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3210 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3212 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3214 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3216 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3219 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3221 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3223 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3224 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3226 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3227 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3230 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3233 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3234 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3236 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3237 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3238 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3239 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3241 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3243 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3244 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3248 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3249 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3255 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3257 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3259 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3261 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3263 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3265 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3267 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3270 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3271 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3273 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3275 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3277 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3279 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3280 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3284 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3287 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3289 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3290 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3294 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3295 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3298 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3300 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3302 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3304 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3306 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3307 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3309 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3310 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3311 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3317 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3320 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3322 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3323 const char *func_name
;
3325 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3327 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3330 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3331 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3333 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3335 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3336 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3338 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3339 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3342 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3345 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3346 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3347 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3348 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3349 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3350 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3351 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3357 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3359 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3361 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3362 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3364 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3366 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3368 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3371 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3373 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3375 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3376 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3377 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3379 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3381 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3384 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3386 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3388 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3389 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3390 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3392 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3393 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3396 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3399 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3400 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3401 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3402 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3403 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3404 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3405 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3406 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3411 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3414 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3416 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3417 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3419 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3421 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3422 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3423 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3425 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3427 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3429 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3430 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3432 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3433 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3437 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3440 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3442 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3443 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3447 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3448 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3451 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3453 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3455 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3457 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3459 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3460 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3461 bp_exception_master
,
3462 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3463 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3464 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3470 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3472 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3475 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3477 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3479 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3481 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3482 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3484 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3488 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3491 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3492 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3493 current_top_target ());
3494 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3495 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3496 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3497 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3498 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3499 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3503 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3506 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3508 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3512 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3514 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3515 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3517 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3518 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3519 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3520 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3521 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3522 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3523 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3524 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3525 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3526 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3527 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3531 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3534 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3535 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3537 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3541 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3542 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3544 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3548 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3549 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3550 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3551 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3552 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3554 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3558 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3559 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3561 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3565 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3566 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3568 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3572 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3574 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3575 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3576 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3578 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3582 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3584 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3585 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3586 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3587 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3591 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3592 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3593 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3594 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3595 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3596 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3598 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3599 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3600 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3601 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3602 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3603 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3604 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3606 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3607 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3608 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3609 let finish_command delete it.
3611 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3612 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3613 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3614 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3615 solib breakpoints.) */
3617 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3622 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3623 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3625 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3627 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3634 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3636 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3638 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3639 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3641 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3642 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3644 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3645 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3646 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3648 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3651 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3652 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3653 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3654 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3655 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3656 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3657 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3661 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3667 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3668 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3669 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3670 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3671 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3674 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3678 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3679 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3681 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3682 This should not ever happen. */
3683 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3685 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3686 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3688 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3689 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3690 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3692 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3693 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3694 || bl
->section
== NULL
3695 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3697 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3699 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3700 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3701 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3702 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3703 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3704 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3705 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3706 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3707 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3708 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3709 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3710 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3711 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3712 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3713 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3714 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3715 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3716 they should always be removed. */
3717 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3718 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3719 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3722 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3726 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3727 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3728 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3730 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3731 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3733 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3734 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3735 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3736 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3737 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3739 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3740 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3743 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3744 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3747 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3748 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3749 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3750 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3752 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3753 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3754 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3755 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3756 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3757 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3763 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3768 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3769 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3770 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3771 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3772 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3773 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3774 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3775 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3776 always-inserted mode. */
3778 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3779 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3780 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3781 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3787 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3789 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3791 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3792 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3794 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3795 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3797 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3798 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3799 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3802 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3803 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3806 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3807 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3809 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3813 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3820 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3822 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3823 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3825 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3826 This should not ever happen. */
3827 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3829 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3831 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3833 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3836 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3839 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3841 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3843 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3844 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3848 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3849 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3851 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3854 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3855 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3856 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3861 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3863 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3864 struct bp_location
*bl
;
3866 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3868 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3870 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3873 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3875 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3877 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3883 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3885 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3886 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3889 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3891 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3893 case bp_shlib_event
:
3895 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3896 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3897 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3898 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3899 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3901 (gdb) file prog-linux
3902 (gdb) run # native linux target
3905 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3906 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3909 case bp_step_resume
:
3911 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3913 case bp_single_step
:
3915 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3917 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3921 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3922 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3923 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3925 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3927 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3928 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3929 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3932 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3933 valid. New ones will be created in
3934 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3935 The next update_global_location_list call will
3936 garbage collect them. */
3939 if (context
== inf_starting
)
3941 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3942 insert_breakpoints. */
3943 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
3954 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3955 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3956 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3957 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3960 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3961 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3962 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3963 match, not program space. */
3965 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3966 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3967 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3968 permanent breakpoint.
3969 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3970 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3971 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3972 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3973 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3975 enum breakpoint_here
3976 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3978 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3979 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3981 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3983 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3984 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3987 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3988 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3990 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3992 if (overlay_debugging
3993 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3994 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3995 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3996 else if (bl
->permanent
)
3997 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3999 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4003 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4006 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4009 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4010 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4012 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4014 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4016 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4017 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4020 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4022 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4025 if (overlay_debugging
4026 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4027 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4029 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4040 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4043 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4045 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4048 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4049 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4055 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4059 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4060 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4063 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4066 if (overlay_debugging
4067 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4068 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4069 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4076 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4079 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4081 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4083 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4085 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4087 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4088 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4091 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4097 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4101 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4104 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4106 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4108 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4110 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4113 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4120 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4123 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4126 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4128 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4130 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4132 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4135 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4143 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4144 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4146 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4148 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4150 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4152 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4153 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4156 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4159 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4160 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4164 /* Check for intersection. */
4165 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4166 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4175 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4179 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4181 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4184 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4187 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4189 if (bp_location_at
!= NULL
)
4190 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at
);
4193 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4194 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4197 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4214 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4216 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4217 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4218 commands (other
.commands
),
4219 print (other
.print
),
4221 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4223 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4224 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4225 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at
);
4228 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4229 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4232 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4236 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4241 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4243 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4246 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4256 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4259 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4264 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4266 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4272 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4275 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4277 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4279 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4281 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4283 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4288 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4297 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4298 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4299 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4300 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4302 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4303 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4305 Return 1 otherwise. */
4308 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4310 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4313 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4315 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4316 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4317 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4318 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4319 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4321 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4323 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4327 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4330 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4332 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4335 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4338 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4342 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4344 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4345 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4349 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4352 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4354 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4356 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4358 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4359 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4360 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4361 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4362 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4366 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4369 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4370 or its equivalent. */
4373 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4375 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4378 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4379 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4380 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4381 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4383 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4384 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4385 bpstat of the current thread. */
4388 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4393 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4395 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4398 scoped_restore save_executing
4399 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4401 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4403 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4406 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4407 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4409 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4411 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4413 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4414 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4415 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4416 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4417 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4418 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4419 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4420 the tree when we're done. */
4421 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4422 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4425 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4427 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4433 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4435 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4441 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4443 if (current_ui
->async
)
4444 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4445 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4446 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4449 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4450 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4451 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4452 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4453 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4454 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4455 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4456 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4457 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4458 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4459 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4460 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4461 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4470 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4472 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4474 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4475 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4476 && target_has_execution
4477 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4478 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4479 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4480 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4481 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4482 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4483 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4486 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4489 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4492 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4495 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4498 struct value_print_options opts
;
4499 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4500 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4504 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4505 debugging multiple threads. */
4508 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4510 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4515 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4518 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4520 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4521 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4523 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4526 uiout
->text (" \"");
4527 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4531 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4535 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4536 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4537 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4538 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4541 static enum print_stop_action
4542 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4544 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4547 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4548 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4552 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4553 relevant messages. */
4554 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4557 case print_it_normal
:
4559 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4561 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4562 which has since been deleted. */
4564 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4566 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4567 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4572 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4573 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4578 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4581 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4583 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4584 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4588 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4589 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4591 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4592 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4595 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4596 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4597 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4601 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4602 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4603 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4605 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4608 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4609 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4610 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4616 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4617 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4619 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4622 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4624 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4625 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4630 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4631 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4632 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4633 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4634 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4635 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4636 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4639 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4640 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4641 code to print the location. An example is
4642 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4644 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4645 to also print the location part of the message.
4646 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4647 don't require a location appended to the end.
4648 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4649 further info to be printed. */
4651 enum print_stop_action
4652 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4654 enum print_stop_action val
;
4656 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4657 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4658 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4659 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4660 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4662 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4663 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4664 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4665 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4669 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4670 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4671 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4672 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4674 print_solib_event (0);
4675 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4678 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4679 with and nothing was printed. */
4680 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4683 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4686 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4688 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4689 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4691 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4695 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4697 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4699 bp_location_at (bl
),
4700 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4704 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4706 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4707 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4708 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4713 bp_location_at (NULL
),
4714 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4718 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4722 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4723 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4726 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4728 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4730 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4732 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4734 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4735 as not triggered. */
4737 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4739 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4741 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4747 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_top_target (), &addr
))
4749 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4750 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4752 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4754 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4756 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4762 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4763 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4767 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4769 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4770 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4772 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4773 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4775 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4777 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4778 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4780 if (newaddr
== start
)
4782 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4786 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4787 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (current_top_target (),
4791 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4800 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4801 enum wp_check_result
4803 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4806 /* The value has changed. */
4807 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4809 /* The value has not changed. */
4810 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4812 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4816 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4817 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4819 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4822 static wp_check_result
4823 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4825 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4826 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4827 int within_current_scope
;
4829 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4830 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4831 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4833 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4834 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4835 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4836 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4839 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4840 within_current_scope
= 1;
4843 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4844 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4845 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4847 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4848 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4849 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4850 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4851 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4852 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4853 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4854 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4855 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4856 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4859 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4860 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4862 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4863 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4864 if (within_current_scope
)
4866 struct symbol
*function
;
4868 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4869 if (function
== NULL
4870 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4871 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4872 within_current_scope
= 0;
4875 if (within_current_scope
)
4876 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4877 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4882 if (within_current_scope
)
4884 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4885 time before we return to the command level and call
4886 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4887 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4891 struct value
*new_val
;
4893 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4894 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4895 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4896 a mask watchpoint. */
4897 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4899 mark
= value_mark ();
4900 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4902 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4903 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4905 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4906 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4907 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4908 not what we want. */
4909 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4910 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4913 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4914 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4916 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4917 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4918 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4922 /* Nothing changed. */
4923 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4924 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4929 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4930 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4931 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4932 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4933 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4934 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4935 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4936 the first value assigned). */
4937 /* We print all the stop information in
4938 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4939 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4940 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4943 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4945 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4947 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4949 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4950 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
4951 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->number
);
4952 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
4953 "which its expression is valid.\n");
4956 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4958 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4964 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4965 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4966 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4969 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4970 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4971 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4973 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4975 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4976 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4978 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4981 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4982 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4985 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4987 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4988 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4990 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4991 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4992 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4993 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4994 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4997 int must_check_value
= 0;
4999 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5000 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5002 must_check_value
= 1;
5003 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5004 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5005 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5007 must_check_value
= 1;
5008 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5009 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5010 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5011 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5012 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5013 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5014 must_check_value
= 1;
5016 if (must_check_value
)
5022 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5024 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
5026 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5027 "Error evaluating expression "
5028 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5031 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5033 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5036 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5044 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5045 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5049 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5052 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5053 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5055 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5057 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5058 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5059 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5060 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5061 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5062 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5063 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5066 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5067 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5070 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5071 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5072 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5073 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5075 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5076 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5077 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5080 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5081 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5082 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5083 changes. This still gives false positives when
5084 the program writes the same value to memory as
5085 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5086 it for a read), but it's much better than
5089 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5091 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5093 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5095 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5096 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5097 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5099 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5100 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5102 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5103 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5105 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5111 if (other_write_watchpoint
5112 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5114 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5115 and the value changed since the last time we
5116 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5118 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5123 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5124 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5125 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5127 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5128 the value hasn't changed. */
5129 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5139 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5141 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5142 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5143 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5144 anything for this watchpoint. */
5145 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5151 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5152 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5153 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5154 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5157 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5159 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5160 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5162 bool condition_result
= true;
5163 struct expression
*cond
;
5165 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5167 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5168 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5169 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5170 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5171 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5173 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5174 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5175 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5177 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5178 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5184 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5185 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5187 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5188 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5195 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5197 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5199 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5201 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5203 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5206 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5208 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5210 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5211 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5213 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5214 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5215 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5216 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5218 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5220 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5221 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5225 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5226 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5227 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5228 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5229 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5231 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5232 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5235 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5237 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5238 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5239 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5240 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5241 really matter which instantiation of the function
5242 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5243 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5244 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5245 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5246 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5247 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5248 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5249 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5251 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5253 select_frame (frame
);
5255 within_current_scope
= 0;
5257 if (within_current_scope
)
5261 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5263 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
5265 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5266 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5272 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5273 "in the current scope"));
5274 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5275 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5277 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5278 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5281 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5285 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5289 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5291 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5295 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5296 on the current target. */
5299 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5301 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5302 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5303 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5304 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5307 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5310 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5311 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5313 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5314 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5318 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5321 for (bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5323 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5324 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5325 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5326 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5327 checked all locations already. */
5328 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5331 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5334 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5337 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5340 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5343 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5344 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5345 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5349 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5350 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5351 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5353 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5355 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5357 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5362 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5363 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5364 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5369 VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5371 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5372 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5374 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5375 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5378 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5386 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5389 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5390 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5391 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
,
5394 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5395 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5396 bpstat bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5398 int need_remove_insert
;
5401 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5402 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5403 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5404 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5405 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5406 inferior function calls. */
5407 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5408 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5410 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5411 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5412 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5414 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5416 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5418 handle_solib_event ();
5423 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5424 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5425 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5429 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5434 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5435 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5438 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5443 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5445 /* We will stop here. */
5446 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5448 --(b
->enable_count
);
5449 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5450 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5455 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5456 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5457 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5460 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5465 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5467 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5468 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5471 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5472 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5473 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5475 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5476 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5477 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5479 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5480 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5482 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5484 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5485 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5488 if (need_remove_insert
)
5489 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5490 else if (removed_any
)
5491 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5497 handle_jit_event (void)
5499 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5500 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5503 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5505 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5506 breakpoint_re_set. */
5507 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5509 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5510 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5512 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5514 target_terminal::inferior ();
5517 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5519 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5522 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5524 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5527 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5528 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5529 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5531 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5533 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5534 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5535 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5538 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5540 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5541 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5545 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5552 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5553 case bp_single_step
:
5556 case bp_shlib_event
:
5560 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5562 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5565 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5568 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5569 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5570 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5574 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5576 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5580 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5581 This requires no further action. */
5585 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5589 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5590 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5593 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5595 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5596 case bp_exception_resume
:
5599 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5600 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5603 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5605 case bp_step_resume
:
5607 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5610 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5611 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5614 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5616 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5619 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5620 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5623 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5624 case bp_thread_event
:
5625 case bp_overlay_event
:
5626 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5627 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5628 case bp_exception_master
:
5629 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5635 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5637 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5641 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5642 This requires no further action. */
5646 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5649 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5650 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5651 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5652 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5654 case bp_std_terminate
:
5655 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5656 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5657 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5658 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5661 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5662 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5663 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5664 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5666 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5667 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5669 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5670 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5671 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5673 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5674 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5675 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5676 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5681 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5683 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5687 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5688 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5691 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5698 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5702 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5704 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5711 handle_jit_event ();
5713 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5714 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5716 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5717 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5723 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5724 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5725 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5728 bpstat_should_step (void)
5730 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5733 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5739 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5741 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5750 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5751 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5752 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5755 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5757 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5758 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5762 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5764 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5766 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5767 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5768 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5773 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5779 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5780 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5782 "host": Host evals condition.
5783 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5784 "target": Target evals condition.
5788 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5790 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5791 char host_evals
= 0;
5792 char target_evals
= 0;
5797 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5800 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5801 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5802 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5804 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5806 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5812 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5813 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5814 else if (target_evals
)
5815 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5817 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5820 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5821 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5824 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5826 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5829 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5830 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5831 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5833 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5834 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5836 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5839 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5842 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5843 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5845 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5847 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5849 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5853 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5855 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5856 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5857 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5859 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5862 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5866 uiout
->text ("in ");
5867 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5869 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5870 uiout
->text ("at ");
5872 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5873 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5876 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5877 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5879 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5885 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5887 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5891 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5892 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5893 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5894 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5895 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5896 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5898 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5902 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
5906 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5907 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5908 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5911 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5912 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5918 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5920 struct ep_type_description
5923 const char *description
;
5925 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5927 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5928 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5929 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5930 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5931 {bp_until
, "until"},
5932 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5933 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5934 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5935 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5936 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5937 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5938 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5939 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5940 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5941 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5942 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5943 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5944 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5945 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5946 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5947 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5948 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5949 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5950 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5951 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5952 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5953 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5954 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5955 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5956 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5957 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5958 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5959 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5960 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5963 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5964 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5965 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5966 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5969 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5972 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5973 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5976 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5977 const char *field_name
,
5978 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
5981 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
5983 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5984 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5985 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5988 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
5990 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
5996 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
5997 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6002 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6006 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
6011 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6014 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6015 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6017 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6020 struct command_line
*l
;
6021 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6023 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6024 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6025 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6026 struct value_print_options opts
;
6028 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6030 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6031 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6032 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6035 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6036 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6044 if (part_of_multiple
)
6047 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6048 uiout
->field_string ("number", formatted
);
6053 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6058 if (part_of_multiple
)
6059 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6061 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6065 if (part_of_multiple
)
6066 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6068 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6073 if (part_of_multiple
)
6074 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6076 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6081 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6083 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6084 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6085 make sure there's just one location. */
6086 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6087 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6093 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6094 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6098 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6099 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6100 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6102 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6104 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6105 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6106 is relatively readable). */
6107 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6108 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6110 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6115 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6116 case bp_single_step
:
6120 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6121 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6123 case bp_exception_resume
:
6124 case bp_step_resume
:
6125 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6126 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6128 case bp_std_terminate
:
6129 case bp_shlib_event
:
6130 case bp_thread_event
:
6131 case bp_overlay_event
:
6132 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6133 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6134 case bp_exception_master
:
6136 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6137 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6140 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6141 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6142 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6145 if (header_of_multiple
)
6146 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6147 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6148 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6150 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6151 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6154 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6155 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6162 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6164 struct inferior
*inf
;
6165 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6170 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6171 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6174 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6175 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6177 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6178 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6179 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6180 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6181 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6182 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6184 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6187 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6189 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6191 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6192 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6193 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6194 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6196 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6198 uiout
->text (" task ");
6199 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6205 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6206 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6208 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6211 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6212 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6214 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6215 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6219 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6222 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6223 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6225 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6226 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6228 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6229 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6230 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6231 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6232 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6235 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6236 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6237 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6242 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6244 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6245 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6246 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6247 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6250 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6252 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6257 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6261 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6262 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6263 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6264 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6265 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6267 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6268 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6269 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6270 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6271 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6273 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6277 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6278 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6279 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6283 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6286 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6287 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6288 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6291 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6292 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6293 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6294 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6297 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6298 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6299 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6300 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6301 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6303 uiout
->text ("next ");
6304 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6305 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6308 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6310 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6312 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6314 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6315 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6316 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6320 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6321 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6324 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6325 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6328 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6330 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6332 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6334 annotate_field (10);
6335 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6336 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6337 uiout
->text (" \n");
6340 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6342 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6344 annotate_field (11);
6346 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6347 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6348 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6354 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6355 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6360 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6362 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6364 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6366 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6368 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6369 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6370 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6371 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6376 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6377 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6380 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6383 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "bkpt");
6385 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6388 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6389 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6390 locations, if any. */
6391 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6393 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6394 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6395 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6398 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6399 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6401 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6402 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6404 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6407 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6409 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6410 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6417 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6419 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6420 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6422 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6423 address to print. */
6424 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6427 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6431 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6432 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6433 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6436 return print_address_bits
;
6439 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6442 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6444 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6445 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6448 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6449 internal or momentary. */
6452 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6454 return b
->number
> 0;
6457 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6460 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6462 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6465 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6466 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6467 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6468 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6469 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6470 breakpoints listed. */
6473 breakpoint_1 (const char *args
, int allflag
,
6474 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6476 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6477 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6478 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6479 struct value_print_options opts
;
6480 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6481 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6482 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6484 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6486 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6487 required for address fields. */
6488 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6491 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6492 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6495 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6496 accept. Skip the others. */
6497 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6499 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6501 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6505 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6507 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6509 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6510 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6511 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6513 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6514 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6515 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6517 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6522 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6523 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6524 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6527 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6528 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6529 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6531 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6532 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6534 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6535 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6537 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6538 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6540 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6541 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6543 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6545 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6546 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6548 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6550 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6552 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6553 uiout
->table_body ();
6554 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6555 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6560 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6561 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6564 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6565 accept. Skip the others. */
6567 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6569 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6571 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6574 else /* all others */
6576 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6580 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6582 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6583 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6587 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6589 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6593 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6594 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6596 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6602 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6603 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6606 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6607 there have been breakpoints? */
6608 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6610 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6613 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6614 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6617 default_collect_info (void)
6619 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6621 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6622 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6624 if (!*default_collect
)
6627 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6629 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6630 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6631 uiout
->text (" \n");
6635 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6637 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6639 default_collect_info ();
6643 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6645 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6646 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6648 if (num_printed
== 0)
6650 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6651 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6653 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6658 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6660 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6662 default_collect_info ();
6666 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6667 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6668 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6670 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6672 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6674 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6675 && bl
->address
== pc
6676 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6682 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6683 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6687 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6688 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6689 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6692 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6695 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6696 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6700 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6701 else /* if (others == ???) */
6702 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6704 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6707 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6708 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6709 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6710 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6711 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6712 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6713 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6714 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6718 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6720 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6721 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6722 printf_filtered (".\n");
6727 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6728 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6729 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6730 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6732 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6733 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6734 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6735 breakpoint location at address zero:
6743 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6745 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6747 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6750 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6751 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6754 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6755 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6757 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6758 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6760 /* Both of them must exist. */
6761 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6762 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6764 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6765 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6766 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6767 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6768 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6769 other watchpoint. */
6771 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6773 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6774 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6776 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6778 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6779 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6782 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6783 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6784 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6785 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6786 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6787 become hw_access locations later. */
6788 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6789 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6790 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6791 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6794 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6797 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6798 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6800 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6801 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6805 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6806 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6807 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6808 space doesn't really matter. */
6811 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6813 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6816 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6817 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6818 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6821 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6822 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6823 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6824 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6827 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6828 const address_space
*aspace
,
6831 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6834 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6835 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6839 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6840 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6841 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6842 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6843 doesn't really matter. */
6846 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6847 const address_space
*aspace
,
6848 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6850 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6851 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6853 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6855 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6861 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6862 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6863 true, otherwise returns false. */
6866 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6867 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6869 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6870 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6871 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6872 different locations. */
6873 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6878 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6879 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6880 represent the same location. */
6883 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6884 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6886 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6888 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6889 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6890 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6892 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6893 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6895 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6898 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6899 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6900 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6902 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6903 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6904 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6905 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6909 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6910 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6912 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6913 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6917 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6918 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6920 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6921 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6923 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6926 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6927 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6928 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6929 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6932 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6933 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6935 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6936 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6937 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6938 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6939 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6941 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6942 have their addresses modified. */
6945 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6947 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6948 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6949 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6950 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6951 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6952 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6957 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
6959 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6961 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6962 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6963 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6966 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
6968 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6969 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6971 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6972 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6974 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6978 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops
*ops
, breakpoint
*owner
)
6980 bp_location
*loc
= this;
6982 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6986 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6987 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6990 switch (owner
->type
)
6993 case bp_single_step
:
6997 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6998 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7000 case bp_exception_resume
:
7001 case bp_step_resume
:
7002 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7003 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7005 case bp_std_terminate
:
7006 case bp_shlib_event
:
7007 case bp_thread_event
:
7008 case bp_overlay_event
:
7010 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7011 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7012 case bp_exception_master
:
7013 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7014 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7016 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7017 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7019 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7020 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7021 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7023 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7024 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7025 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7026 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7031 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7032 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7033 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7036 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7042 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7044 static struct bp_location
*
7045 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7047 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7051 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7053 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7057 /* Increment reference count. */
7060 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7065 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7066 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7069 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7071 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7073 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7074 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7078 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7081 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7083 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7084 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7086 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7087 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7089 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7091 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7096 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7102 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7105 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7106 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7108 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7110 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7114 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7115 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7116 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7117 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7120 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7121 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7123 static struct breakpoint
*
7124 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7126 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7128 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7130 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7131 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7134 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7135 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7139 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7141 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7143 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7144 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7145 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7147 const char *function_name
;
7149 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7150 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7151 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
)
7154 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7156 function_name
= MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (loc
->msymbol
);
7158 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7159 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7161 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7162 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7163 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7164 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7166 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7170 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7173 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7177 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7179 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7182 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7184 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7189 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7190 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7191 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7193 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7194 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7195 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7198 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7199 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7200 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7202 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7204 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7206 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7207 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7209 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7210 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7212 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7213 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7216 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7217 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7218 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7219 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7220 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7221 is also returned as the value of this function.
7223 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7224 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7225 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7226 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7227 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7228 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7229 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7232 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7233 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7234 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7236 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7238 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7239 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7242 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7243 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7244 initiated the operation. */
7247 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7249 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7250 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7252 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7253 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7254 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7255 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7256 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7257 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7258 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7259 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7261 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7262 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7264 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7265 after their removal. */
7266 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7267 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7268 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7271 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7274 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7276 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7278 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7280 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7281 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7283 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7284 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7289 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7291 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7293 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7294 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7296 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7297 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7301 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7302 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7303 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7307 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7309 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7312 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7314 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7316 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7317 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7319 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7321 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7323 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7326 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7327 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7328 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7329 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7335 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7336 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7339 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7340 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7344 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7346 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7348 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7349 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7351 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7353 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7354 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7355 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7356 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7359 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7361 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7363 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7364 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7365 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7367 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7372 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7374 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7377 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7379 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7380 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7381 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7386 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7388 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7391 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7393 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7394 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7395 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7399 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7400 master breakpoint. */
7402 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7404 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7406 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7407 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7408 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7410 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7411 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7415 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7417 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7419 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7421 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7422 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7423 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7427 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7429 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7431 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7432 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7434 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7435 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7436 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7438 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7443 struct lang_and_radix
7449 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7452 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7454 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7455 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7458 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7461 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7463 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7465 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7466 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7467 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7468 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7472 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7474 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7476 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7477 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7478 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7479 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7482 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7485 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7487 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7489 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7490 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7491 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7492 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7495 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7496 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7497 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7499 static struct breakpoint
*
7500 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7501 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7503 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7505 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7506 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7507 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7512 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7514 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7517 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7520 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7522 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7524 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7526 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7527 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7529 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7535 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7536 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7539 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7541 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7543 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7545 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7546 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7548 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7549 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7550 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7551 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7552 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7553 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7554 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7555 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7556 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7557 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7558 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7559 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7562 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7567 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7568 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7569 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7572 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7574 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7575 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7577 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7579 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7580 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7582 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7583 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7584 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7585 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7586 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7587 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7588 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7589 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7590 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7592 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7593 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7594 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7595 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7598 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7599 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7601 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7603 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7604 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7605 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7608 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7613 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7614 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7615 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7618 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7620 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7622 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7625 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7626 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7627 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7628 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7629 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7630 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7631 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7632 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7633 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7634 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7636 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7637 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7642 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7643 int bp_modified
= 0;
7645 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7648 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7650 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7652 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7653 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7656 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7659 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7662 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7663 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7666 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7668 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7669 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7670 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7671 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7672 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7675 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7682 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7686 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7688 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7689 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7690 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7692 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7694 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7695 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7696 catchpoint has triggered. */
7697 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7700 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7704 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7706 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7709 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7713 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7715 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7718 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7722 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7723 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7724 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7726 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7728 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7731 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7735 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7738 static enum print_stop_action
7739 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7741 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7742 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7743 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7745 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7746 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7747 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7748 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7750 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7751 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7753 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7754 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7756 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7757 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7758 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7759 uiout
->text ("), ");
7760 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7763 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7767 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7769 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7770 struct value_print_options opts
;
7771 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7773 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7775 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7776 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7778 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7779 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7781 uiout
->text ("fork");
7782 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7784 uiout
->text (", process ");
7785 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7789 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7790 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7793 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7797 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7799 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7802 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7806 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7808 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7809 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7812 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7814 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7816 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7820 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7822 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7825 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7829 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7831 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7834 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7838 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7839 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7840 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7842 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7844 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7847 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7851 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7854 static enum print_stop_action
7855 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7857 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7858 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7859 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7861 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7862 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7863 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7864 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7866 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7867 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7869 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7870 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7872 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7873 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
7874 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7875 uiout
->text ("), ");
7876 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7879 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7883 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7885 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7886 struct value_print_options opts
;
7887 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7889 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7890 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7891 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7893 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7894 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7896 uiout
->text ("vfork");
7897 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7899 uiout
->text (", process ");
7900 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7904 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7905 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7908 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7912 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7914 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7917 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7921 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7923 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7924 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7927 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7929 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7931 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7932 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7933 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7935 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7937 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
7939 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7940 unsigned char is_load
;
7942 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7943 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7945 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7948 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7950 xfree (this->regex
);
7954 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7960 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7966 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7967 const address_space
*aspace
,
7969 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7971 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7972 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7974 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7977 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7979 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7981 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7984 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7987 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
7990 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7992 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8001 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8003 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8004 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8008 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
8011 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8017 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
8020 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8026 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8029 static enum print_stop_action
8030 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8032 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8033 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8035 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8036 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8037 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8038 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8040 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8041 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8043 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8044 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8045 print_solib_event (1);
8046 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8050 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8052 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8053 struct value_print_options opts
;
8054 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8057 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8058 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8059 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8061 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8064 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8071 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8073 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8078 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8080 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8082 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8085 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8086 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8090 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8092 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8094 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8095 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8099 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8101 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8103 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8104 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8105 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8107 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8108 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8111 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8113 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8114 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8115 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8116 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8117 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8118 created in an enabled state. */
8121 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8123 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8127 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8129 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8133 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8134 _("Invalid regexp")));
8135 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8138 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8139 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8140 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8142 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8144 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8147 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8151 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8152 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8155 const int enabled
= 1;
8157 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8159 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8163 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8164 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8166 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8170 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8171 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8173 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8176 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8177 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8178 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8179 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8182 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8183 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8184 const char *cond_string
,
8185 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8187 symtab_and_line sal
;
8188 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8190 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8192 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8193 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8197 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8199 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8200 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8201 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8202 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8205 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8208 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8212 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8213 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8214 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8216 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8218 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8220 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8222 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8225 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8227 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8228 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8229 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8231 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8233 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8235 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8236 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8238 char *exec_pathname
;
8241 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8243 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8245 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8249 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8251 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8255 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8257 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8261 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8262 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8263 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8265 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8267 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8270 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8274 static enum print_stop_action
8275 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8277 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8278 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8279 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8281 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8282 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8283 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8284 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8286 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8287 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8289 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8290 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8292 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8293 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8294 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8295 uiout
->text ("), ");
8297 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8301 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8303 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8304 struct value_print_options opts
;
8305 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8307 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8309 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8310 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8311 is relatively readable). */
8312 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8313 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8315 uiout
->text ("exec");
8316 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8318 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8319 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8320 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8323 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8324 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8328 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8330 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8333 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8337 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8339 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8340 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8343 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8346 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8349 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8350 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8354 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8355 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8357 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8359 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8366 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8370 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8373 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8375 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8378 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8380 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8382 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8388 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8389 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8390 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8391 types _not_ TYPE. */
8394 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8395 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8398 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8400 *other_type_used
= 0;
8405 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8408 if (b
->type
== type
)
8409 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8410 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8411 *other_type_used
= 1;
8418 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8420 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8424 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8426 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8427 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8433 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8435 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8439 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8441 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8442 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8448 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8450 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8451 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8455 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8457 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8458 breakpoint_re_set ();
8461 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8464 static struct breakpoint
*
8465 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8467 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8469 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8470 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8472 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8473 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8476 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8478 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8481 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8482 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8486 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8487 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8489 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8491 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8493 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8495 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8496 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8497 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8498 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8500 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8501 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8503 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8504 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8506 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8508 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8511 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8512 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8513 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8515 static struct breakpoint
*
8516 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8518 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8521 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8523 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8524 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8525 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8527 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8528 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8529 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8530 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8531 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8532 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8533 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8534 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8535 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8536 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8537 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8538 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8540 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8541 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8542 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8544 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8548 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8552 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8554 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8558 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8562 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8565 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8567 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8569 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8570 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8572 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8576 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8579 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8581 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8582 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8586 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8588 static struct bp_location
*
8589 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8590 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8592 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8593 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8594 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8596 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8597 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8599 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8600 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8601 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8602 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8603 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8604 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8605 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8608 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8609 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8610 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8611 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8616 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8617 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8618 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8619 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8620 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8621 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8622 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8623 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8624 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8625 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8626 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8627 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8628 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8630 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8631 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8633 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8634 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8635 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8636 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8637 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8638 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8639 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8640 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8641 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8642 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8643 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8644 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8646 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8653 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8656 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8660 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8661 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8664 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8666 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8670 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
8672 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8673 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8674 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8675 scoped_restore restore_memory
8676 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8678 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8679 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8685 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8686 return 0 otherwise. */
8689 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8691 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8693 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
8694 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
8695 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8697 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
8700 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8701 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8702 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8705 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8706 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8709 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8711 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8712 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8717 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8719 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8721 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8723 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8725 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8726 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8728 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8729 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8730 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8732 if (!dprintf_function
)
8733 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8735 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8736 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8741 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8745 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8747 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8748 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8751 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8752 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8756 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8757 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8759 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8761 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8762 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8763 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
);
8764 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8765 command_lines_deleter ()));
8768 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8769 current style settings. */
8772 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8773 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8775 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8779 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8780 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8784 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8785 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8786 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8787 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8790 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8791 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8792 event_location_up
&&location
,
8793 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8794 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8795 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8796 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8797 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8798 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8799 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8800 int display_canonical
)
8804 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8806 int target_resources_ok
;
8808 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8809 target_resources_ok
=
8810 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8812 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8813 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8814 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8815 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8818 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8820 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8822 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8826 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8828 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8830 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8831 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8834 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8836 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8840 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
8841 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
8842 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8843 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8844 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8846 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8847 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8849 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8851 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8852 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8854 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8856 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8857 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8859 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8862 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8864 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8866 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8868 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8870 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8872 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8874 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8876 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8878 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8881 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8882 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8889 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8890 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8896 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
8898 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
8899 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
8901 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
8904 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8905 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8906 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8908 if (b
->extra_string
)
8909 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8911 error (_("Format string required"));
8913 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8914 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
8917 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8918 if (location
!= NULL
)
8919 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8921 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8922 b
->filter
= filter
.release ();
8926 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8927 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8928 event_location_up
&&location
,
8929 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8930 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8931 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8932 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8933 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8934 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8935 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8936 int display_canonical
)
8938 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8940 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8941 sals
, std::move (location
),
8943 std::move (cond_string
),
8944 std::move (extra_string
),
8946 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8948 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8951 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8954 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8955 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8956 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8957 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8958 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8959 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8960 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8961 we take just a single condition string.
8963 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8964 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8965 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8966 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8967 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8970 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8971 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8972 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8973 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8974 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8975 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8976 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8977 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8979 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8980 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8982 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
8984 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8985 'break', without arguments. */
8986 event_location_up location
8987 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
8988 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
8989 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
8990 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
8992 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
8993 std::move (location
),
8994 std::move (filter_string
),
8995 std::move (cond_string
),
8996 std::move (extra_string
),
8998 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8999 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9000 canonical
->special_display
);
9004 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9005 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9006 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9007 linespec locations).
9009 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9010 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9013 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9014 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9016 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9018 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9020 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9024 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9025 breakpoint address. */
9026 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9028 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9029 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9030 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9031 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9032 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9033 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
9034 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
9036 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9038 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9039 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9040 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9041 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9042 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9044 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9046 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9048 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9050 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9054 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9058 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9059 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9060 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9061 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9063 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9064 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9065 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9066 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9068 const char *spec
= NULL
;
9070 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9071 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9075 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
9078 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9079 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9080 get_last_displayed_line (),
9081 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9086 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9087 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9091 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9092 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9095 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9097 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9098 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9101 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9102 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9103 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9104 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9105 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9109 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9110 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9112 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9114 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9116 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9117 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9118 associated with SAL. */
9122 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
9123 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9124 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
9128 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9129 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9130 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9131 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9132 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9133 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9136 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9137 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9140 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9147 const char *end_tok
;
9149 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9150 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9152 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9154 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9156 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9160 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9162 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9164 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9166 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9167 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9169 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9171 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9174 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9177 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9179 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9180 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9183 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9188 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9190 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9191 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9192 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9197 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9201 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9205 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9207 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9208 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9210 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9213 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9215 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9217 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
9219 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
9220 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
9221 if (markers
.empty ())
9222 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9223 marker_str
.c_str ());
9225 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9226 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
9228 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
9230 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
9231 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
9232 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9239 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9242 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9243 const struct event_location
*location
,
9244 const char *cond_string
,
9245 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9247 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9249 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9250 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9251 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9254 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9255 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9258 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9260 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9262 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9263 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9264 extra_string
= NULL
;
9268 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9270 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9272 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9274 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9276 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9279 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9280 throw_exception (e
);
9282 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9284 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9285 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9286 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9287 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9288 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9291 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9292 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9293 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9294 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9298 throw_exception (e
);
9302 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9305 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9306 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9307 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9308 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9309 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9311 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9312 are ok for the target. */
9315 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9316 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9319 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9320 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9322 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9323 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9326 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9327 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9331 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9332 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9339 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9341 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9342 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9343 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9344 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9346 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
.sals
[0].pc
,
9347 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9348 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9349 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9353 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9354 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9355 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9357 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9359 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9360 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9362 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9365 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9366 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9367 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9369 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9370 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9371 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9375 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9377 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9378 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9381 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9384 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9385 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9389 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9390 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9391 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9392 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9393 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9394 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9395 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9396 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9397 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9399 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9402 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9404 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9405 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9406 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9409 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9411 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9413 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9414 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9419 /* Set a breakpoint.
9420 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9421 condition, and thread.
9422 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9423 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9427 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9429 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9430 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9431 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9433 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9435 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9437 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9438 if (location
!= NULL
9439 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9440 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9442 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9444 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9446 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9447 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9448 0 /* Ignore count */,
9449 pending_break_support
,
9457 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9460 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9464 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9466 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9467 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9468 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9471 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9472 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9473 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9474 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9477 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9479 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9480 const struct block
*b
;
9483 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9484 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9487 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9490 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9491 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9496 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9497 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9498 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9499 happen in assembly source). */
9501 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9502 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9504 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9506 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9513 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9515 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9519 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9521 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9525 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9527 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9531 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9533 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9537 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9539 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9540 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9541 stop at <line>\n"));
9545 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9549 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9551 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9553 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9556 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9557 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9558 function/method name. */
9559 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9561 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9566 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9568 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9572 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9574 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9578 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9582 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9586 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9589 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9590 it is probably a line number. */
9591 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9593 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9598 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9600 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9604 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9606 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9609 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9610 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9611 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9615 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9617 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9619 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9620 the next character must be ','. */
9623 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9624 error (_("Format string required"));
9627 /* Skip the comma. */
9632 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9634 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9636 0 /* Ignore count */,
9637 pending_break_support
,
9638 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9646 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9648 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9651 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9652 ranged breakpoints. */
9655 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9656 const address_space
*aspace
,
9658 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9660 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9661 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9664 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9665 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9668 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9669 ranged breakpoints. */
9672 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9674 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9677 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9678 ranged breakpoints. */
9680 static enum print_stop_action
9681 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9683 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9684 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9685 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9687 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9689 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9690 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9692 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9694 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9696 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9697 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9699 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9700 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9702 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9703 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9704 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9706 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9709 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9712 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9713 ranged breakpoints. */
9716 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9717 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9719 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9720 struct value_print_options opts
;
9721 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9723 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9724 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9726 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9728 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9729 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9730 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9731 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9733 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9737 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9738 ranged breakpoints. */
9741 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9742 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9744 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9745 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9750 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9751 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9753 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9754 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9755 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9756 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9757 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9761 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9762 ranged breakpoints. */
9765 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9767 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9768 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9771 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9773 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9774 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9775 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9778 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9779 ranged breakpoints. */
9782 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9784 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9785 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9786 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9787 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9790 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9792 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9794 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9795 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9796 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9797 last instruction of the given line. */
9800 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9804 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9805 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9806 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9813 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9815 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9817 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9824 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9827 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9829 const char *arg_start
;
9830 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9831 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9833 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9835 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9836 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9837 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9839 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9840 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9841 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9844 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9846 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9847 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9848 error(_("No address range specified."));
9851 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9853 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9856 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9857 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9858 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9860 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9862 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9863 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9864 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9866 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9867 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9869 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9870 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9872 /* Parse the end location. */
9876 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9877 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9878 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9879 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9880 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9881 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9883 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9884 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9885 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9887 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9888 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9890 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9891 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9892 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9893 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9895 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9897 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9898 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9899 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9901 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9903 /* Length overflowed. */
9904 error (_("Address range too large."));
9905 else if (length
== 1)
9907 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9908 the `hbreak' command. */
9909 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9914 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9915 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
9916 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
9917 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9918 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9919 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9920 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
9921 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
9922 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
9925 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
9926 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9929 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9930 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9931 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9935 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9943 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9944 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
9947 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
9957 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
9958 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
9959 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
9960 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
9961 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
9963 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
9989 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
9992 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
9993 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
9998 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
9999 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10000 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10001 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10002 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10003 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10004 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10006 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10007 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10012 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10014 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10015 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10016 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10017 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10019 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10020 are always constant. */
10022 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10024 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10025 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10026 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10031 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10032 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10033 then it is not a constant. */
10042 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10044 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10046 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10047 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10050 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10053 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10055 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10057 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10058 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10060 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10061 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10062 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10063 are loaded and unloaded.
10065 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10066 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10067 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10068 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10069 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10070 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10072 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10073 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10074 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10075 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10077 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10078 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10080 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10081 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10082 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10085 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10088 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10090 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10091 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10093 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10094 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10097 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10100 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10102 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10103 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10105 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10106 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10110 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10111 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10112 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10114 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10115 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10117 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10118 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10119 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10120 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10121 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10122 (did not match the data address). */
10123 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10124 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10131 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10133 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10135 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10138 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10139 hardware watchpoints. */
10142 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10144 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10145 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10147 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10150 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10151 hardware watchpoints. */
10154 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10156 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10157 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10160 static enum print_stop_action
10161 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10163 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10164 enum print_stop_action result
;
10165 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10166 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10168 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10170 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10171 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10173 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10174 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10178 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10181 case bp_watchpoint
:
10182 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10183 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10184 uiout
->field_string
10185 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10187 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10188 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10189 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10190 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10191 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10192 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10193 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10194 uiout
->text ("\n");
10195 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10196 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10199 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10200 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10201 uiout
->field_string
10202 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10204 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10205 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10206 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10207 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10208 uiout
->text ("\n");
10209 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10212 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10213 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10215 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10216 uiout
->field_string
10218 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10220 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10221 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10222 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10223 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10224 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10229 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10230 uiout
->field_string
10232 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10233 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10234 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10236 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10237 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10238 uiout
->text ("\n");
10239 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10242 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10248 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10252 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10254 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10255 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10256 const char *tuple_name
;
10260 case bp_watchpoint
:
10261 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10262 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10264 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10265 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10266 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10268 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10269 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10270 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10272 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10273 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10274 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10277 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10278 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10281 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10282 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10283 uiout
->text (": ");
10284 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10287 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10291 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10293 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10297 case bp_watchpoint
:
10298 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10299 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10301 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10302 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10304 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10305 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10308 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10309 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10312 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10313 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10316 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10320 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10322 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10323 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10324 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10330 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10332 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10334 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10335 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10338 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10340 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10342 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10343 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10346 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10347 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10350 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10352 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10354 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10355 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10358 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10359 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10362 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10364 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10366 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10369 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10370 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10373 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10378 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10379 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10381 static enum print_stop_action
10382 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10384 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10385 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10387 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10388 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10390 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10391 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10395 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10396 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10397 uiout
->field_string
10398 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10401 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10402 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10403 uiout
->field_string
10404 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10407 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10408 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10409 uiout
->field_string
10411 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10414 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10415 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10419 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10420 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10421 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10422 uiout
->text ("\n");
10424 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10425 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10428 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10429 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10432 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10433 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10435 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10437 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10438 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10440 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10441 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10442 uiout
->text ("\n");
10445 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10446 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10449 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10451 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10452 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10453 const char *tuple_name
;
10457 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10458 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10459 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10461 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10462 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10463 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10465 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10466 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10467 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10470 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10471 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10474 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10475 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10476 uiout
->text (": ");
10477 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10480 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10481 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10484 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10486 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10491 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10492 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10494 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10495 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10497 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10498 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10501 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10502 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10505 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10506 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10507 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10510 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10512 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10514 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10517 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10519 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10522 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10523 hw_read: watch read,
10524 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10526 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10527 int just_location
, int internal
)
10529 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10530 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10531 struct value
*mark
, *result
;
10532 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10533 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10534 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10535 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10537 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10538 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10539 enum bptype bp_type
;
10542 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10543 the hardware watchpoint. */
10545 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10547 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10548 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10550 const char *value_start
;
10552 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10554 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10555 of the arguments string. */
10556 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10558 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10559 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10562 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10563 This is the value of the parameter. */
10564 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10566 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10568 /* Skip whitespace. */
10569 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10574 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10575 This is the parameter itself. */
10576 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10579 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10581 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10583 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10584 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10585 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10586 only in a specific thread. */
10590 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10592 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10593 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10595 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10596 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10597 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10599 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10601 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10603 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10604 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10606 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10609 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10611 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10613 mark
= value_mark ();
10614 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10615 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10616 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10619 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10622 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10623 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10630 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10631 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10633 innermost_block
.reset ();
10634 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10635 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10636 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10638 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10639 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10641 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10644 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10645 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10649 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10650 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10652 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10655 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
10656 mark
= value_mark ();
10657 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10658 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10661 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10663 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10664 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10672 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10673 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10674 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10678 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10681 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10682 else if (ret
== -2)
10683 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10686 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10687 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10689 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10690 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10692 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10693 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10695 innermost_block
.reset ();
10696 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10697 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
10699 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10700 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10701 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
10706 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10708 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10710 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10712 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10714 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10715 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10716 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10717 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10718 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10720 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10722 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10724 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10725 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10728 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10729 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10730 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10732 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10735 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10737 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10738 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10740 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10741 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10743 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10744 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10745 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10746 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10747 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10748 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10749 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10753 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10754 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10755 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10756 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10758 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10759 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10760 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10761 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10763 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10765 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10768 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10769 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10771 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10772 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10773 w
->thread
= thread
;
10774 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10775 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10776 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10777 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10778 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10781 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10782 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10784 w
->exp_string_reparse
10785 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
10787 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10788 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10791 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10795 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10800 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10801 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10806 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10808 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10810 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10812 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10813 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10817 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10818 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10821 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10823 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10824 need to act on them together. */
10825 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10826 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10829 if (!just_location
)
10830 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10832 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10833 that should be inserted. */
10834 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10836 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10839 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10840 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10843 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10845 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10847 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10848 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10851 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10852 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10854 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10855 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10856 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10857 hardware watchpoint.
10859 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10860 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10861 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10862 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10863 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10864 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10865 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10866 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10867 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10869 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10870 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10871 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10872 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10873 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10875 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10877 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10879 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10880 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10881 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10882 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10883 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10884 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10888 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10889 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10890 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10892 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10893 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10894 middle of some value chain. */
10896 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10897 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10899 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10903 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10904 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10905 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10907 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10911 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10915 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10916 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10917 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10918 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10919 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10922 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10923 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10924 return found_memory_cnt
;
10928 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10930 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10933 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10934 calls watch_command_1. */
10937 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10939 int just_location
= 0;
10942 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10943 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10945 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10949 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
10953 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10955 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10959 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10961 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10965 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10967 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10971 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10973 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10977 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10979 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10983 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10984 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10987 struct until_break_fsm
10989 /* The base class. */
10990 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
10992 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
10995 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
10996 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
10998 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11000 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11003 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11004 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11005 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11006 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11007 static enum async_reply_reason
11008 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11010 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11012 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11015 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11016 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11017 NULL
, /* return_value */
11018 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11021 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11023 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11024 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11025 breakpoint_up
&&location_breakpoint
,
11026 breakpoint_up
&&caller_breakpoint
)
11028 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11030 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11031 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11033 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11034 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
.release ();
11035 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
.release ();
11040 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11041 until(location)/advance commands. */
11044 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11045 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11047 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11049 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11050 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11051 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11052 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11053 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11054 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11059 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11060 until(location)/advance commands. */
11063 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11064 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11066 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11068 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11069 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11071 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11072 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11074 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11076 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11077 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11079 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11082 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11083 until(location)/advance commands. */
11085 static enum async_reply_reason
11086 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11088 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11092 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11094 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11095 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11096 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11097 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11098 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11100 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11101 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11103 clear_proceed_status (0);
11105 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11108 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11110 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11111 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11112 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11113 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11114 get_last_displayed_line ())
11115 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11116 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0));
11118 if (sals
.size () != 1)
11119 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11121 symtab_and_line
&sal
= sals
[0];
11124 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11126 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11128 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11129 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11131 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11133 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11134 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11135 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11138 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11139 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11140 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11141 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11143 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11146 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
11147 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11149 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11150 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11152 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11153 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11154 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11155 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11160 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11161 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11164 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11167 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
11169 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11170 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11171 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11172 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11174 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11175 only at the very same frame. */
11176 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11177 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11179 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11180 std::move (location_breakpoint
),
11181 std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
11182 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11184 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11186 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11189 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11190 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11192 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11193 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11194 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11195 if clause in the arg string. */
11198 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11200 const char *cond_string
;
11202 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11205 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11208 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11209 condition string. */
11210 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11211 cond_string
= *arg
;
11213 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11215 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11217 return cond_string
;
11220 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11221 process start/exit, etc. */
11225 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11226 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11231 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11232 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11234 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11235 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11236 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11239 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11240 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11241 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11245 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11247 /* The allowed syntax is:
11249 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11251 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11252 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11254 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11255 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11257 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11258 and enable reporting of such events. */
11261 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11262 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11263 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11264 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11266 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11267 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11268 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11269 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11272 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11278 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11279 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11281 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11283 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11285 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11289 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11291 /* The allowed syntax is:
11293 catch exec if <cond>
11295 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11296 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11298 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11299 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11301 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11302 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11303 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11304 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11306 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11310 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11311 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11312 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11313 const char *addr_string
,
11314 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11321 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11323 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11325 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11326 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11327 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11328 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11329 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11330 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11331 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11332 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11333 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11334 enough for now, though. */
11337 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11339 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11340 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11341 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11342 language_def (language_ada
));
11343 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11347 catch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11349 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11354 tcatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11356 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11359 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11362 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11364 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
11365 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
11367 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
11369 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
11372 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11376 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11379 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11382 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11384 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11387 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11388 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11389 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11393 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11394 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11395 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11397 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11401 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11402 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11403 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11404 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11405 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11406 error (_("No source file specified."));
11412 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11413 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11414 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11415 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11417 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11418 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11419 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11420 due to optimization, all in one block.
11422 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11423 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11424 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11425 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11426 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11427 to support that. */
11429 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11430 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11431 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11434 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
11435 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11437 const char *sal_fullname
;
11439 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11440 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11441 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11444 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11449 1 0 <can't happen> */
11451 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11452 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11454 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11455 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11458 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11459 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11461 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11462 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11464 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11465 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11466 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11468 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11469 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11470 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11471 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11472 int line_match
= 0;
11474 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11475 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11476 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11477 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11478 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11479 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11480 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11483 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11492 found
.push_back (b
);
11496 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11497 if (found
.empty ())
11500 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11502 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11505 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11506 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11507 [] (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11509 return compare_breakpoints (a
, b
) < 0;
11511 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11512 [] (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11514 return compare_breakpoints (a
, b
) == 0;
11518 if (found
.size () > 1)
11519 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11522 if (found
.size () == 1)
11523 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11525 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11528 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11531 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11532 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11535 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11538 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11539 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11540 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11543 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11545 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11547 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11548 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11549 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11551 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11553 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11555 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11556 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11560 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11561 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11562 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11563 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11564 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11565 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11568 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11570 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
11571 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
11573 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11574 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11576 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11577 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11580 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11581 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11582 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11584 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11585 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11586 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
11588 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11589 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11590 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11592 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11593 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11594 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11596 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11599 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11600 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11601 content of the bp_locations array. */
11604 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11606 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11608 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11609 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11611 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11613 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11615 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11618 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11619 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11621 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11622 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11623 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11624 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11626 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11628 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11629 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11630 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11631 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11635 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11638 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11640 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11641 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11643 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11645 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
11647 struct bp_location
*bl
;
11648 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11649 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11651 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11652 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11653 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11656 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11658 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11659 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11661 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11664 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11667 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
11669 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11670 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11671 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11672 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11675 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11677 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11680 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11682 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11683 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11684 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11685 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11689 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11692 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11694 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11695 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11696 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11697 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11699 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11700 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11701 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11702 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11703 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11705 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11706 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11707 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11708 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11709 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11710 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11711 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11712 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11715 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11716 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11717 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11721 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11723 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
11724 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11725 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11728 address
= bl
->address
;
11729 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11731 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11732 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11733 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11735 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11736 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11739 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11740 the same program space as the location
11741 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11742 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11743 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
11747 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11748 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11751 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11752 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11753 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11754 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11755 that have already been marked. */
11756 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11758 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11760 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11763 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11764 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11765 locations are duplicate of which.
11767 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11768 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11772 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11774 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11775 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
11776 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11777 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11778 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11779 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11781 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11782 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11783 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11784 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11785 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11787 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11788 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11789 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11790 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11792 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11793 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11794 struct bp_location
**old_locp
;
11795 unsigned old_locations_count
;
11796 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<struct bp_location
*> old_locations (bp_locations
);
11798 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
11799 bp_locations
= NULL
;
11800 bp_locations_count
= 0;
11802 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11803 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11804 bp_locations_count
++;
11806 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
11807 locp
= bp_locations
;
11808 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11809 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11811 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
11812 bp_locations_compare
);
11814 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11816 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11817 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11818 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11819 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11820 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11823 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11824 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11826 locp
= bp_locations
;
11827 for (old_locp
= old_locations
.get ();
11828 old_locp
< old_locations
.get () + old_locations_count
;
11831 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
11832 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
11834 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11835 not, we have to free it. */
11836 int found_object
= 0;
11837 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11838 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11841 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11842 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11843 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11844 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11848 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11849 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11852 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11853 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11854 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11856 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11857 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11858 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11860 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
11861 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11864 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
11868 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11869 have to go through updates again. */
11870 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11872 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11874 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11876 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11877 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11878 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11879 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11880 at certain location is not inserted. */
11882 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11884 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11887 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11889 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11890 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11891 keep_in_target
= 1;
11895 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11896 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11897 remove its target-side condition. */
11899 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11900 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11901 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11902 this one from the target. */
11904 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11905 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
11908 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11909 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11912 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
11914 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11916 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11917 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11918 supported, but the latter are. */
11919 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11921 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11922 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11925 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11926 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11928 if (loc2
!= old_loc
11929 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11931 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11932 keep_in_target
= 1;
11940 if (!keep_in_target
)
11942 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11944 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11945 this location on the global list, and try to
11946 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11947 reason why we will succeed next time.
11949 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11950 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11951 only after calling us. */
11952 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11953 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11954 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11962 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11963 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11965 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11966 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11967 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11968 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11969 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11970 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11971 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11972 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11973 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11974 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11975 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11976 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11977 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11978 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11981 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11982 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11984 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11985 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11986 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11987 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11988 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11989 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11990 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11991 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11992 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11993 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11994 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11995 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11996 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11999 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12000 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12001 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12002 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12004 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12005 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12006 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12007 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12008 traps we can no longer explain. */
12010 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12011 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12013 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12017 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12018 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12023 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12024 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12025 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12026 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12027 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12028 are sorted first for the same address.
12030 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12031 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12033 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12034 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12035 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12036 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12037 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12039 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12041 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12044 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12045 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12046 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12047 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12048 `struct bp_location'. */
12049 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12051 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12052 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12056 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12057 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12058 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12059 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12060 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12061 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12063 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12065 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12066 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12067 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12069 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12070 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12072 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12074 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12075 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12076 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12082 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12083 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12084 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12086 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12087 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12089 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12090 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12093 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12095 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12096 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12099 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12100 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12101 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12102 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12103 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12105 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12109 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12110 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12114 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12116 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12119 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12120 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12122 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12123 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12129 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12134 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12136 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12142 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12145 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12149 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12150 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12152 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12153 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12154 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12158 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12160 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12162 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12164 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12168 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12172 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12174 struct value_print_options opts
;
12176 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12178 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12180 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12182 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12183 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12184 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12185 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12187 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12188 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12190 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12192 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12193 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12198 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12199 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12205 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12207 printf_filtered (" at ");
12208 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12211 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12213 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12215 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12216 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12217 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12218 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12220 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12221 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12222 real situation somewhat. */
12223 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12224 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12229 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12231 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12233 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12238 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12241 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12243 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12246 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12251 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12253 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12255 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12256 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12257 xfree (this->filter
);
12260 static struct bp_location
*
12261 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12263 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops
, self
);
12267 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12269 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12272 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12273 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12276 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12278 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12282 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12283 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12285 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12289 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12290 const address_space
*aspace
,
12292 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12294 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12298 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12303 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12307 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12309 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12312 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12316 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12318 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12321 static enum print_stop_action
12322 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12324 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12328 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12329 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12335 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12337 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12341 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12343 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12347 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12348 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12349 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12350 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12352 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12356 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12357 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12358 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12359 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12360 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12361 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12363 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12364 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12365 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12366 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12368 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12371 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12372 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12373 const struct event_location
*location
,
12374 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12376 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12379 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12382 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12387 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12390 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12392 /* Nothing to do. */
12395 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12397 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12398 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12399 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12400 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12401 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12402 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12403 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12404 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12405 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12407 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12408 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12409 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12410 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12411 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12412 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12413 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12414 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12417 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12420 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12422 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12423 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12425 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12426 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12430 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12434 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12436 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12438 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12439 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12441 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12442 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12444 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12448 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12450 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12451 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12453 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12457 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12458 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12459 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12461 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12462 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12465 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12469 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12470 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12471 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12478 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12479 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12480 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12482 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12483 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12485 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12486 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12487 be set at the same address. */
12491 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12495 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12497 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12502 static enum print_stop_action
12503 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12505 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12506 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12508 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12510 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12512 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12513 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12515 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12516 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12517 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12520 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12521 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12524 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12526 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
12527 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12529 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12530 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12531 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12533 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
12534 uiout
->text (", ");
12536 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12540 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12542 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12547 case bp_breakpoint
:
12548 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12549 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12550 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12552 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12553 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12554 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12555 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12557 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12558 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12561 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12569 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12571 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12572 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12573 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12574 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12575 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12576 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12577 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12578 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12579 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12581 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12582 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12584 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12585 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12587 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12588 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12589 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12590 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12592 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12596 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12597 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12598 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12600 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12604 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12605 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12606 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12607 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12608 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12609 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12611 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12612 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12613 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12614 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12616 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12617 std::move (cond_string
),
12618 std::move (extra_string
),
12620 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12621 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12622 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12625 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12626 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12627 const struct event_location
*location
,
12628 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12630 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12633 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12636 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12640 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12641 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12642 case bp_overlay_event
:
12643 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12644 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12645 case bp_exception_master
:
12646 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12649 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12650 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12651 case bp_shlib_event
:
12653 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12654 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12655 case bp_thread_event
:
12661 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12663 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12665 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12666 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12667 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12668 objects (among other things). */
12669 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12670 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12676 static enum print_stop_action
12677 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12679 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12681 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12685 case bp_shlib_event
:
12686 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12687 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12688 to shlib event" message.) */
12689 print_solib_event (0);
12692 case bp_thread_event
:
12693 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12694 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12695 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12698 case bp_overlay_event
:
12699 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12700 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12703 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12704 /* These should never be enabled. */
12705 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12708 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12709 /* These should never be enabled. */
12710 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12711 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12714 case bp_exception_master
:
12715 /* These should never be enabled. */
12716 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12717 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12721 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12725 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12727 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12730 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12733 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12735 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12736 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12737 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12738 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12742 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12744 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12747 static enum print_stop_action
12748 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12750 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12754 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12756 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12759 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12761 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12762 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12764 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12766 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12769 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12772 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12775 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12777 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12781 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12783 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12790 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12791 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12793 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12794 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12796 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12800 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12801 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12802 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12804 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12806 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12808 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12809 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12812 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12813 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12814 const struct event_location
*location
,
12815 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12817 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12819 error (_("probe not found"));
12823 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12826 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12828 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12832 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12833 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12834 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12836 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12842 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12843 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12845 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12846 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12848 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12850 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12851 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12852 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
12853 uiout
->text ("\n");
12858 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12860 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12865 case bp_tracepoint
:
12866 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12867 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12869 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12870 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12871 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12873 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12874 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12875 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12878 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12879 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12886 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12888 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12890 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12891 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12892 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12893 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12894 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12895 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12897 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12898 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12900 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12901 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12902 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12904 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12905 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12909 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12910 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12911 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12913 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12917 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12918 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12919 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12920 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12921 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12922 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12924 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12925 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12926 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12927 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12929 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12930 std::move (cond_string
),
12931 std::move (extra_string
),
12933 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12934 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12935 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12938 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12939 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12940 const struct event_location
*location
,
12941 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12943 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12946 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12948 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12952 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12953 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12954 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12955 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12957 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12958 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12961 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12962 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12963 const struct event_location
*location
,
12964 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12966 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12967 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12970 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
12972 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12975 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12977 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12979 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12980 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
12982 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12983 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12984 3 - disconnect from target 1
12985 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12987 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12988 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12989 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12990 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12991 it all the time. */
12992 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12993 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
12996 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12999 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13001 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13002 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
13004 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13007 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13010 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13011 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13012 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13013 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13014 address are all handled. */
13017 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13019 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
13020 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13022 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13023 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13024 condition not be evaluated. */
13027 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13028 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13029 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13030 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13031 commands here throws. */
13032 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13033 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13035 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13037 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13038 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13042 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13046 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13047 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13048 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13050 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13051 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13053 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13054 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13056 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13057 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
13058 canonical
->location
13059 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
13062 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13063 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13067 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13068 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13069 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13070 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13071 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13072 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13074 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13075 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13076 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13077 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13079 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
13081 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13082 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13083 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13084 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13085 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13086 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13088 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
13090 event_location_up location
13091 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13093 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13094 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13095 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13096 std::move (cond_string
),
13097 std::move (extra_string
),
13098 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13099 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13100 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13101 canonical
->special_display
);
13102 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13103 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13104 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13105 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13106 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13107 corresponds to this one */
13108 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13110 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13114 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13115 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13116 const struct event_location
*location
,
13117 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13119 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13120 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13122 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13123 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13125 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13130 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13133 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13136 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13138 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13141 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13145 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13147 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13149 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13151 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13152 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13155 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13156 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13157 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13158 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13159 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13162 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13163 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13164 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13165 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13167 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13170 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13171 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13172 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13174 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13175 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13177 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13178 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13179 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13180 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13184 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13186 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13187 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13188 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13189 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13190 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13193 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13194 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13195 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13196 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13198 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
13200 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13201 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13203 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13204 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13206 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13210 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13212 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13213 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13214 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13215 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13216 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13217 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13218 commands won't work. */
13220 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13222 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13223 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13224 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13225 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13226 might be better design to have location completely
13227 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13228 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13230 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13231 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13232 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13236 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13237 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13240 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13241 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13243 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13248 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13250 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13251 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13253 if (next
== related
)
13255 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13256 function (related
);
13258 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13259 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13264 function (related
);
13268 while (related
!= b
);
13272 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13274 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13280 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13282 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13283 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13284 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13285 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13286 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13288 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13292 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13294 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13296 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13297 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13298 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13302 map_breakpoint_numbers
13303 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13305 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, delete_breakpoint
);
13309 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13310 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13314 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13316 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13318 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13319 if ((pspace
== NULL
13320 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13321 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13322 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13327 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13328 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13329 Null names are ignored. */
13332 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13334 struct bp_location
*l
;
13335 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, streq_hash
, NULL
,
13338 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13341 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13343 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13347 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13349 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13353 htab_delete (htab
);
13359 htab_delete (htab
);
13363 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13364 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13365 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13366 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13367 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13368 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13369 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13370 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13373 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13374 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13375 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13376 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13377 in the sources, and output a warning.
13379 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13380 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13381 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13382 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13383 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13386 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13387 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13388 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13389 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13390 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13391 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13392 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13393 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13394 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13396 static struct symtab_and_line
13397 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13399 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13400 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13405 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13407 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13409 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
13410 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13411 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
13412 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
13414 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
13419 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13421 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13423 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13424 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13426 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
13427 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13428 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13430 if (!markers
.empty ())
13432 struct symbol
*sym
;
13433 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13434 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13435 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13437 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
13439 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13441 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13442 "found at previous line number"),
13443 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13445 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13446 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13447 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13450 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13451 uiout
->text (" at ");
13453 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13454 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13457 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13459 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13461 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13464 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
13465 uiout
->text ("\n");
13467 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13468 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13470 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13471 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13472 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13473 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13474 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13475 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13476 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13478 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13485 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13486 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13489 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13493 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13496 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13499 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13506 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13512 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13513 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13514 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13516 static struct bp_location
*
13517 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13519 struct bp_location head
;
13520 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13521 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13522 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13524 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13535 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13550 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13551 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13552 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13553 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13557 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13558 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13559 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13560 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13562 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13564 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13566 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13568 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13569 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13570 "multiple locations found\n"),
13575 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13576 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13577 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13578 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13579 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13580 individual locations. */
13581 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13584 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13586 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13588 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13590 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13592 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13594 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13596 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13600 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13603 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13604 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13607 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13609 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13610 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13611 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13612 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13617 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13619 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13621 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13625 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13628 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13629 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13630 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13631 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13632 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13633 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13634 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13636 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13638 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13640 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13641 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13643 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13644 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13652 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13653 if (l
->function_name
13654 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13664 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13665 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13668 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13669 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13671 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13672 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13673 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13675 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
13677 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13679 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13683 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13685 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13687 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13691 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13692 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13693 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13694 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13695 state, then user already saw the message about that
13696 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13698 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13699 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13701 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13702 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13703 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13704 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13705 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13706 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13708 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13710 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13711 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13712 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13713 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13714 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13715 which approach is better. */
13716 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13717 throw_exception (e
);
13722 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13724 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13725 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13726 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13728 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
13731 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
[0].pc
,
13732 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
13734 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13736 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13737 b
->thread
= thread
;
13741 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
13742 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13744 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13747 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13748 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13758 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13759 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13763 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13765 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13766 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13769 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13770 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13772 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13774 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13776 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13777 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13778 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13780 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13783 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13786 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13787 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13790 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
13791 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13792 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13794 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13797 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13798 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13802 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13803 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13804 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13805 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13806 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13807 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13809 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13810 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13811 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13812 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13814 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13815 std::move (cond_string
),
13816 std::move (extra_string
),
13817 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13818 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13819 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13822 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13823 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13825 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13826 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13827 const struct event_location
*location
,
13828 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13830 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13832 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13833 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
13834 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13837 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13838 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13840 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13842 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13843 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13848 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13851 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13853 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13854 set_language (b
->language
);
13856 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13859 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13860 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13863 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13865 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13868 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13869 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13870 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13872 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13873 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13874 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13875 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13876 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13877 we select the current frame.
13879 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13880 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13881 have been reset. */
13882 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
13883 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
13885 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13886 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13887 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13888 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13890 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13894 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13896 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
13898 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13899 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13905 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13908 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13909 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13910 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13911 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13913 /* Now we can insert. */
13914 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13917 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13919 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13920 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13922 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13924 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13926 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
13927 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
13929 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13930 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13931 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13933 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13937 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13938 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13939 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13942 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13944 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13949 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13950 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13952 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13954 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13955 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13960 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13964 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13965 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13967 else if (count
== 1)
13968 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13971 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13972 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13975 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13979 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13982 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13985 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13987 const char *p
= args
;
13991 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13993 num
= get_number (&p
);
13995 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13997 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13999 set_ignore_count (num
,
14000 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14003 printf_filtered ("\n");
14007 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
14008 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
14011 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
14012 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14014 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
14016 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
14017 bp_num_range
.first
);
14021 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14023 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
14025 bool match
= false;
14027 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14028 if (b
->number
== i
)
14035 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
14040 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
14044 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14045 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14047 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14048 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14050 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14052 while (!parser
.finished ())
14054 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
14055 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
14059 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
14060 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
14062 static struct bp_location
*
14063 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
14065 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14067 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14068 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14073 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14074 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
14077 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14080 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14081 if (++n
== loc_num
)
14084 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14087 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14088 enum class extract_bp_kind
14090 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14093 /* Extracting a location number. */
14097 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14098 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14099 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14100 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14101 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14104 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
14105 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
14107 const char *end
= start
;
14108 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
14110 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14111 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14112 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14113 int (end
- start
), start
);
14115 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14116 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14117 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14118 int (end
- start
), start
);
14120 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
14125 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14126 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14127 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14128 are always positive integers. */
14130 static std::pair
<int, int>
14131 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
14132 const std::string
&arg
,
14133 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
14135 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
14136 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
14137 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
14138 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
14140 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14141 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
14142 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14143 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14144 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14148 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
14149 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
14150 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
14151 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
14153 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
14154 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14155 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14156 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14157 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
14161 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14162 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
14163 range
.second
= range
.first
;
14168 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14169 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14172 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14174 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14175 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14176 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14177 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14178 location number range.
14182 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
14183 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
14184 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
14186 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
14188 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
14190 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14192 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
14193 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
14196 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
14197 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
14199 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
14204 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14206 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
14207 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
14208 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
14212 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14213 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14216 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
14218 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
14221 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
14223 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
14224 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14226 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14227 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14228 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14229 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14231 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14234 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14235 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14236 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14237 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14241 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
14242 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
14245 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
14246 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
14249 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14250 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14251 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14254 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14256 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14257 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14258 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14259 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14262 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14264 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14265 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14267 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14268 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14270 struct bp_location
*location
;
14272 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14273 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14276 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14278 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14281 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14282 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14283 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14284 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14287 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
14291 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14293 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14294 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14297 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14299 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14304 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14306 while (!num
.empty ())
14308 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
14310 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
14312 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
14313 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
14315 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14316 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
14318 ? enable_breakpoint
14319 : disable_breakpoint
);
14323 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14325 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14326 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
14328 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14333 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14334 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14335 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14336 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14339 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14341 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
14345 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14348 int target_resources_ok
;
14350 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14353 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14354 target_resources_ok
=
14355 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14357 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14358 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14359 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14360 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14363 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14365 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14366 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14370 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14372 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14373 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14374 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14376 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14378 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14379 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14386 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14388 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14389 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14391 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14392 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14394 struct bp_location
*location
;
14396 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14397 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14400 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14401 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14402 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14404 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14409 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14411 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14414 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14415 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14416 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14417 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14420 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14422 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
14426 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14428 map_breakpoint_numbers
14429 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14431 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14432 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14434 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14440 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14445 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14447 count
= get_number (&args
);
14449 map_breakpoint_numbers
14450 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14452 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14453 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14455 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14461 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14463 map_breakpoint_numbers
14464 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14466 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14467 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14469 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14475 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14480 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14484 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14485 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14489 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14490 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14491 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14493 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14495 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14496 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14497 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14499 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14501 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
14503 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14505 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14506 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14507 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14508 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14517 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14520 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14521 const address_space
*aspace
,
14524 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14525 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14526 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14528 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14530 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14531 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14534 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14536 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14537 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14538 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14540 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14543 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14546 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14548 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14549 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14551 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14553 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14555 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14556 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14558 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14559 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14567 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14570 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14571 const address_space
*aspace
,
14574 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14576 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14578 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14584 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14588 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14591 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14593 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14595 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14596 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14602 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14604 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14606 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14608 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14609 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14613 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14615 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14617 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14619 if (location
!= NULL
14620 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
14621 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14623 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14625 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14627 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14629 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14630 0 /* Ignore count */,
14631 pending_break_support
,
14635 0 /* internal */, 0);
14639 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14641 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14643 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14645 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14647 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14648 0 /* Ignore count */,
14649 pending_break_support
,
14650 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14653 0 /* internal */, 0);
14656 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14659 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14661 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14662 event_location_up location
;
14664 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14665 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14666 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14668 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14669 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14673 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14674 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14677 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14679 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14681 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14682 0 /* Ignore count */,
14683 pending_break_support
,
14687 0 /* internal */, 0);
14690 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14691 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14693 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14694 static int next_cmd
;
14697 read_uploaded_action (void)
14699 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14701 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14703 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
];
14710 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14711 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14712 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14713 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14714 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14716 struct tracepoint
*
14717 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14719 const char *addr_str
;
14720 char small_buf
[100];
14721 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14723 if (utp
->at_string
)
14724 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
14727 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14728 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14729 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14731 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14732 "source location, using raw address"),
14734 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14735 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14738 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14739 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14740 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14741 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14744 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14746 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14748 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
14749 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14751 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14752 0 /* Ignore count */,
14753 pending_break_support
,
14754 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14756 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14758 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14761 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14762 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14763 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14767 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14770 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14773 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14774 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14775 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14777 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14779 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14784 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
14786 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14788 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14789 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14790 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14791 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14794 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14795 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14796 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14801 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14805 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14807 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14810 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
14812 if (num_printed
== 0)
14814 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14815 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14817 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14820 default_collect_info ();
14823 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14824 Not supported by all targets. */
14826 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14828 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14831 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14832 Not supported by all targets. */
14834 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14836 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14839 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14841 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14843 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14849 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14851 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14852 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14853 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14855 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14856 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14858 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14862 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14864 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14866 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14867 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14868 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14872 map_breakpoint_numbers
14873 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14875 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, delete_breakpoint
);
14879 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14882 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14884 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14885 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14887 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14888 tp
->number
, count
);
14891 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14893 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14894 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14895 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14898 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14900 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14903 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14904 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14905 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14907 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14909 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14910 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14912 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14914 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14916 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14918 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14920 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14921 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14924 else if (*args
== '\0')
14926 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14928 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14932 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14933 while (!parser
.finished ())
14935 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14937 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14942 struct tracepoint
*
14943 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14945 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14947 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14948 if (t
->number
== num
)
14949 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14954 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14955 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14958 struct tracepoint
*
14959 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14961 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14963 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14965 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14967 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14974 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14975 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14976 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14977 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14979 struct tracepoint
*
14980 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14981 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14983 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14985 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14987 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14989 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14990 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14992 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14993 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14995 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14999 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15000 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15003 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15007 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15008 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15010 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15013 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15018 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15020 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15021 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15024 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15026 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15029 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15030 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15031 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15035 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15036 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15038 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15040 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15042 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15043 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15045 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15046 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15048 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15049 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15052 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15053 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15058 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15060 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15062 /* We can stop searching. */
15069 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15073 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
15077 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
15078 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15079 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
15081 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15082 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15084 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15086 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15087 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15090 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15091 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15094 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15096 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15097 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15100 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15101 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15103 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15104 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15106 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15108 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15110 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15113 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
15115 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15117 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15118 throw_exception (ex
);
15122 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15123 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15126 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15127 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15129 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15130 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15131 special, and not user visible. */
15132 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15134 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15137 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15139 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15143 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15144 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15147 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15150 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15153 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15155 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15158 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15161 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15163 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15166 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15168 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15169 all_tracepoints (void)
15171 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15172 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15174 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15176 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15183 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15184 locations used by several commands. */
15186 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15187 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15188 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15189 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15190 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15191 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15193 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15194 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15195 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15197 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15198 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15199 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15200 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15201 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15203 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15204 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15205 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15206 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15207 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15208 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead.\n"
15210 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15211 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15212 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15215 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15216 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15217 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15218 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15219 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15220 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15221 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15224 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15225 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15227 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15228 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15229 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15230 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15231 conditions are different.\n\
15233 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15235 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15236 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15238 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15239 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15242 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15243 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15244 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15245 void *user_data_catch
,
15246 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15248 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15250 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15252 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15253 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15254 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15256 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15258 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15259 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15260 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15264 save_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15266 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15267 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15268 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15271 struct breakpoint
*
15272 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15275 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15277 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15279 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15286 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15287 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15290 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15292 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15293 non-inline function. */
15294 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15300 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15301 have been inlined. */
15304 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15305 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15307 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15308 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15310 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15312 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15315 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15317 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15318 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15326 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15329 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15331 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15333 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15334 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15335 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15339 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15341 static int initialized
= 0;
15343 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15349 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15350 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15351 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15352 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15353 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15354 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15355 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15356 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15357 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15358 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15359 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15360 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15362 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15363 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15364 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15365 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15366 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15367 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15368 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15369 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15371 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15372 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15373 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15374 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15375 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15376 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15377 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15378 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15379 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15380 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15382 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15383 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15384 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15385 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15386 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15387 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15388 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15390 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15391 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15392 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15393 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15394 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15395 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15396 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15398 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15399 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15400 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15401 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15402 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15403 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15404 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15407 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15408 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15409 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15410 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15411 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15412 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15413 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15414 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15415 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15416 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15417 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15418 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15419 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15421 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15422 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15423 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15424 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15425 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15426 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15427 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15428 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15429 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15430 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15431 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15434 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15435 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15436 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15437 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15438 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15439 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15440 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15441 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15442 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15443 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15445 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15446 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15447 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15448 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15449 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15451 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15452 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15453 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15454 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15455 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15456 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15458 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15459 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15460 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15461 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15462 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15463 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15464 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15465 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15466 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15467 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15469 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15470 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15471 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15472 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15473 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15474 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15475 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15476 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15477 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15478 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15480 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15481 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15482 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15483 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15484 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15485 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15486 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15487 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15488 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15489 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15491 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15492 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15493 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15494 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15495 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15496 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15497 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15498 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15499 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15500 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15501 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15503 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15504 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15505 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15506 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15507 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15508 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15509 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15510 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15511 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15514 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15516 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15519 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15521 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15523 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15525 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15526 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15527 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15529 breakpoint_objfile_key
15530 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_objfile_data
);
15532 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15533 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15534 before a breakpoint is set. */
15535 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15537 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15539 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15540 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15541 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15543 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15544 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15545 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15546 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15548 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15549 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15550 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15551 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15552 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15554 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15555 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15556 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15557 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15558 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15560 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15561 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15562 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15563 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15564 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15566 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15567 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15569 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15570 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15571 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15572 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15574 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15575 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15577 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15578 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15579 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15580 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15582 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15583 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15585 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15586 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15587 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15588 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15589 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15590 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15591 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15593 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15595 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15596 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15597 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15598 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15599 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15600 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15602 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15603 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15604 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15607 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15608 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15609 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15612 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15613 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15614 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15615 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15618 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15619 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15620 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15623 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15624 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15625 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15628 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15629 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15630 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15631 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15634 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15635 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15636 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15637 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15638 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15639 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15640 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15641 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15643 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15644 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15645 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15646 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15647 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15648 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15651 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15652 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15653 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15654 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15656 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15657 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15658 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15659 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15660 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15662 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15663 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15664 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15665 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15666 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15669 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15670 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15671 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15673 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15674 is executing in.\n"
15675 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
15676 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15677 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15679 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15680 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15681 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15682 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15684 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15685 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15686 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15687 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15691 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15692 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15693 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15694 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15695 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15696 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15697 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15698 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15699 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15700 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15701 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15702 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15703 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15704 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15705 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15706 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15708 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15709 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15710 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15711 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15712 breakpoint set."));
15715 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15716 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15717 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15718 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15719 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15720 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15721 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15722 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15723 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15725 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15726 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15727 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15728 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15729 breakpoint set."));
15731 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15733 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15734 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15735 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15736 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15737 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15738 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15739 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15740 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15741 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15742 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15743 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15744 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15745 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15747 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15748 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15749 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15750 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15752 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15754 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
15755 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15756 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15757 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15759 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
15760 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15761 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15762 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15764 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15765 catch_fork_command_1
,
15767 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15768 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15769 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15770 catch_fork_command_1
,
15772 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15773 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15774 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15775 catch_exec_command_1
,
15779 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15780 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15781 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15782 catch_load_command_1
,
15786 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15787 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15788 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15789 catch_unload_command_1
,
15794 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
15795 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15796 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15797 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15798 an expression changes.\n\
15799 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15800 the memory to which it refers."));
15801 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15803 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
15804 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15805 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15806 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15807 an expression is read.\n\
15808 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15809 the memory to which it refers."));
15810 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15812 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
15813 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15814 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15815 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15816 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15817 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15818 the memory to which it refers."));
15819 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15821 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15822 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15824 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15825 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15826 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15827 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15828 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15829 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15830 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15831 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15832 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15835 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15836 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15838 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15840 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15842 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15843 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15845 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15846 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15847 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15849 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
15850 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15851 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15852 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15854 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15855 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15857 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15858 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15859 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15861 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15862 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15864 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15865 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15866 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15867 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15868 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15869 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15870 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15871 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15872 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15874 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15875 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
15876 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15877 conditions are different.\n\
15879 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15880 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15881 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15883 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15884 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15885 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15886 last tracepoint set."));
15888 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15890 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15891 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15892 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15893 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15895 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15897 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15898 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15899 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15900 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15902 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15904 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15905 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15906 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15907 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15909 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15911 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15912 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15913 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15914 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15915 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15917 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
15918 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15919 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
15920 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15922 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15923 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15924 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15925 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15926 session to restore them."),
15928 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15930 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15931 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15932 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15934 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15936 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
15937 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15939 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15940 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15941 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15942 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15943 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
15944 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
15945 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15946 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15947 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15948 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15949 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
15950 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
15952 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15953 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15954 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15955 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15956 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15957 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15958 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15959 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15961 show_pending_break_support
,
15962 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15963 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15965 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15967 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15968 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15969 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15970 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15971 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15972 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15973 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15975 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15976 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15977 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15979 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15980 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15981 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15982 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15983 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15984 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15985 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15986 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15987 when execution stops."),
15989 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
15990 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15991 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15993 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
15994 condition_evaluation_enums
,
15995 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
15996 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15997 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15998 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15999 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16000 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16001 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16002 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16003 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16004 be set to \"gdb\""),
16005 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16006 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16007 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16008 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16010 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16011 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16012 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16013 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16014 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16015 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16016 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16017 or the start of the range\n\
16018 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16019 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16020 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16022 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16023 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16024 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16026 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16027 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16028 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16029 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16030 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16031 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16033 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16034 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16035 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16036 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16037 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16038 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16039 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16040 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16041 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16042 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16043 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16044 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16046 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16047 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16048 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16049 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16050 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16051 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16052 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16054 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16055 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16056 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16057 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16058 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16059 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16060 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16062 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16063 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16064 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16065 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16066 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16067 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16070 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16072 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16073 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16074 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16076 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16078 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16079 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);